Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

whether+(perhaps)

  • 41

        (old, sei), conj.    [SOVO]-, as a conditional particle.—With indic., in conditions assumed as true, or (with fut.) which will probably be fulfilled, if, when, inasmuch as, since: si vis, dabo tibi testīs: si voluntas mea, si industria, si aures patent omnibus: magnifica quaedam res, si modo est ulia: si quisquam est facilis, hic est: si aliquid dandum est voluptati: istae artes, si modo aliquid, valent ut acuent ingenia: educ tecum omnīs tuos; si minus, quam plurimos: auferat omnia oblivio, si potest; si non, utrumque silentium tegat, L.: ignosce, Caesar, si rex cessit, etc.: non, si Opimium defendisti, idcirco, etc.: aut nemo, aut si quisquam, ille sapiens fuit: si Athenienses, sublato Areopago, nihil nisi populi scitis ac decretis agebant, etc.: si vis erat, si fraus, si metus: si neglegentiam dices, mirabimur: di persequar, si potero, subtilius: pergratum mihi feceris, si de amicitiā disputaris.—Esp. with pluperf., in indef. clauses of repeated action: plausum si quis eorum aliquando acceperat, ne quid peccasset pertimescebat, whenever: si quando forte suis fortunis desperare coeperant, Cs.—With subj praes. or perf., in conditions assumed as possible, if, even if, though: satis facere rei p. videmur, si istius furorem vitemus: si ad verba rem deflectere velimus: rem facias, rem, Si possis, recte; si non, quocumque modo rem, H.: innocens, si accusatus sit, absolvi potest.— With subj imperf. or pluperf., implying that the condition is contrary to fact, if: servi mei, si me isto pacto metuerent, domum meum relinquendam putarem: quod ne fecissent profecto, si nihil ad eos pertinere arbitrarentur: Si mihi, quae quondam fuerat... si nunc foret illa iuventus, V.— Followed by tamen, even if, although, albeit: quas si exsequi nequirem, tamen, etc.: quae si dubia essent, tamen, etc., S.: si aliter accidisset: si quis in caelum ascendisset, etc.—In the parenthetic phrase, si forte, perhaps, perchance: vereor, ne nihil sim tui, nisi supplosionem pedis imitatus et aliquem, si forte, motum.—With subj. (rarely indic.), in place of an inf, if, when, that: apud Graecos opprobrio fuit adulescentibus, si amatores non haberent (i. e. amatores non habere): illud ignoscere aequum erit, si... ne tuam quidem gloriam praeponam, etc., L.—In dependent questions, if, whether, if perchance: ut illum quaeram, Idque adeo visam, si domist, T.: fatis incerta feror, si Iuppiter unam Esse velit urbem, V.: primum ab iis quaesivit, si aquam hominibus... imposuissent, L.: statui expectandum esse si quid certius adferretur.—In expressing a wish (poet. for utinam), usu. with O, if only, would that, O that: o si angulus ille accedat, qui, etc., H.: Si nunc se nobis ille aureus arbore ramus Ostendat nemore in tanto! would that, V.—With a relat., to express a class vaguely or doubtfully, if there be any such, whoever they may be: mortem proponit... eis etiam si qui non moleste tulerunt: dimissis, si qui parum idonei essent, L.—In clauses of purpose, if, in order to, to try whether, to see if, that if possible: Minucium cum omni equitatu praemittit, si quid celeritate itineris proficere possit, to see whether, Cs.: neque ullum munus despiciens, si in Caesaris complexum venire posset, Cs.: pergit ad speluncam, si forte eo vestigia ferrent, L.—In clauses of contingency, against the case that: haud aspernatus Tullius, tamen, si vana adferantur, in aciem educit, in order to be ready, if, etc., L.: ille postea, si comitia sua non fierent, urbi minari, i. e. threatened an attack if, etc.: erat reo damnato, si fraus capitalis non esset, quasi poenae aestimatio: quattuor legiones Cornelio, si qui ex Etruriā novi motūs nuntiarentur, relictae, to be ready, in case, etc., L.
    * * *
    if, if only; whether

    quod si -- but if; si quis/quid -- if anyone/anything

    Latin-English dictionary >

  • 42 sein

    1. sein <bin, bist, ist, sind, seid, war, gewesen> [zain]
    vi sein
    1) ( existieren) to be;
    nicht mehr \sein ( fam) to be no more, to no longer be with us;
    wenn du nicht gewesen wärest, wäre ich jetzt tot if it hadn't been for you I'd be dead now;
    es ist schon immer so gewesen it's always been this way;
    was nicht ist, kann noch werden there's still hope;
    es kann nicht \sein, was nicht \sein darf some things just aren't meant to be
    [irgendwo] \sein to be [somewhere];
    ich bin wieder da I'm back again;
    ist da jemand? is somebody there?
    3) (stimmen, zutreffen)
    irgendwie \sein to be somehow;
    dem ist so that's right;
    dem ist nicht so it isn't so, that's not the case;
    es ist so, wie ich sage it's like I say
    4) (sich [so] verhalten, Eigenschaft haben)
    böse/ lieb/ dumm/klug etc. \sein to be angry/nice/stupid/clever etc.;
    sie ist kleiner als er she is smaller than him;
    es ist bitterkalt it's bitter cold;
    freundlich/ gemein/lieb zu jdm \sein to be friendly/mean/kind to sb;
    jdm zu dumm/ gewöhnlich/primitiv \sein to be too stupid/common/primitive for sb [to bear];
    was ist mit jdm? what is the matter with sb?, what's up with sb? ( fam)
    er war so freundlich und hat das überprüft he was kind enough to check it out;
    sei so lieb und störe mich bitte nicht I would be grateful if you didn't disturb me
    etw \sein to be sth;
    wer immer sie auch \sein möge whoever she might be;
    und der/ die/ das wäre/wären? namely?;
    es ist nicht mehr das, was es einmal war it isn't what it used to be;
    ich will ja nicht so \sein I won't be a spoil-sport
    jd \sein to be sb;
    sie ist Geschäftsführerin she is a company director;
    etw [beruflich] \sein to do sth [for a living];
    ein Kind \sein to be a child;
    der Schuldige \sein to be guilty [or the guilty party];
    wer \sein ( fam) to be somebody;
    wir sind wieder wer aren't we important? ( iron)
    nichts \sein to be nothing [or a nobody];
    ohne Geld bist du nichts without money you are nothing;
    Deutscher/ Däne/Franzose \sein to be German/Danish/French;
    aus gutem Hause \sein to come from a good family;
    sie ist aus Rumänien she is [or comes] from Romania
    7) ( gehören)
    das Buch ist meins the book is mine;
    er ist mein Cousin he is my cousin
    8) ( zum Resultat haben) to be sth;
    zwei mal zwei ist [o sind] vier two times two is four
    9) ( sich ereignen) to be, to take place;
    die Party war gestern the party was [or took place] yesterday;
    ist etwas? what's up?, what's the matter?;
    was ist [denn schon wieder]? what is it [now]?;
    ist was [mit mir]? ( fam) is there something the matter [with me]?, have I done something?;
    was war? what was that about?;
    ist was? what is it?;
    war was? ( fam) did anything [or something] happen?
    wir waren schwimmen we were swimming
    11) (hergestellt \sein)
    aus etw \sein to be [made of] sth;
    das Hemd ist aus reiner Seide the shirt is [made of] pure silk
    12) + comp ( gefallen)
    etw wäre jdm lieber/angenehmer [gewesen] sb would prefer [or have preferred] sth;
    ein Eis wäre mir lieber gewesen als Schokolade I would have preferred an ice cream to chocolate
    jdm ist heiß/ kalt sb is hot/cold;
    jdm ist komisch zumute/ übel sb feels funny/sick
    mir ist jetzt nicht danach I don't feel like it right now;
    mir ist jetzt nach einem Eis I feel like having an ice cream
    mir ist, als habe ich Stimmen gehört I thought I heard voices;
    ihm ist, als träume er he thinks he must be dreaming
    etw kann/ darf/muss \sein sth can/might/must be;
    sei's drum ( fam) so be it;
    das darf doch nicht wahr \sein! that can't be true!;
    kann es \sein, dass...? could it be that...?, is it possible that...?;
    etw \sein lassen ( fam) to stop [doing sth];
    lass das \sein! stop it!;
    ich lasse es besser \sein perhaps I'd better stop that;
    muss das \sein? do you have to?;
    es braucht nicht sofort zu \sein it needn't be done straight away;
    das kann doch nicht \sein, dass er das getan hat! he can't possibly have done that!;
    es hat nicht \sein sollen it wasn't [meant] to be;
    was \sein muss, muss \sein ( fam) what will be will be, that's the way the cookie crumbles ( fig)
    17) mit infin + zu ( werden können) to be;
    sie ist nicht zu sehen she cannot be seen;
    mit bloßem Auge ist er nicht auszumachen you cannot see him with the naked eye;
    sie ist nicht ausfindig zu machen she cannot be found;
    etw ist zu schaffen sth can be done;
    die Schmerzen sind kaum zu ertragen the pain is almost unbearable
    18) mit infin + zu ( werden müssen)
    es ist zu bestrafen/ zu belohnen/ zu überprüfen it should be punished/rewarded/checked out;
    etw ist zu erledigen/ auszuführen/ zu befolgen sth must [or is to] be done/carried out/followed; s. a. mehr, nicht, wie, wie, wollen
    es ist Januar/ Frühling/ hell/ Nacht it is January/spring/daylight/night;
    es ist jetzt 9 Uhr the time is now 9 o'clock, it is now 9 o'clock
    mit etw ist es nichts ( fam) sth comes to nothing;
    war wohl nichts mit eurer Ehe your marriage didn't come to anything, did it
    jdm ist es zu kalt/ feucht sb is too cold/wet
    jdm ist es peinlich/ heiß/ kalt sb is embarrassed/hot/cold;
    jdm ist es übel sb feels sick
    es ist an jdm, etw zu tun it is for [or up to] sb to do sth;
    es ist an dir, zu entscheiden it is up to [or for] you to decide
    6) (der Betreffende \sein)
    jd ist es, der etw tut it is sb who does sth;
    immer bist du es, der Streit anfängt it's always you who starts a fight, you are always the one to start a fight
    7) ( vorziehen)
    es wäre klüger gewesen, die Wahrheit zu sagen it would have been wiser to tell the truth
    8) (der Fall \sein)
    sei es, wie es wolle be that as it may;
    sei es, dass..., sei es, dass... whether... or whether...;
    sei es, dass sie log, oder sei es, dass sie es nicht besser wusste whether she lied or whether she didn't know [any] better;
    es sei denn, dass... unless...;
    wie wäre es mit jdm/etw? how about sb/sth?;
    heute ist es wohl nichts mit Schwimmbad ( fam) looks like the pool is out today ( fam)
    es war einmal... once upon a time...;
    wie dem auch sei be that as it may, in any case;
    es ist so, [dass]... it's just that..., you see,..., it's like this:...;
    die Geschäfte machen hier um 6 zu; das ist so the shops here close at 6 - that's just the way it is vb aux
    1) + pp
    etw gewesen/geworden \sein to have been/become sth;
    sie ist lange krank gewesen she was [or has been] ill for a long time;
    er ist so misstrauisch geworden he has become so suspicious;
    das Auto ist früher rot gewesen the car used to be red
    2) + pp, passive
    jd ist gebissen/ vergiftet/ erschossen/ verurteilt worden sb has been bitten/poisoned/shot dead/convicted
    jd ist gefahren/ gegangen/ gehüpft sb drove/left/hopped
    2. sein [zain] pron
    (zu einer Stadt, einem Land gehörend) its
    jeder bekam \sein eigenes Zimmer everyone got his own room
    \seine definitely;
    er trinkt \seine 5 Tassen Kaffee am Tag he regularly drinks 5 cups of coffee a day
    3. Sein <-s> [zain] nt
    kein pl philos existence;
    \sein und Schein appearance and reality

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch für Studenten > sein

  • 43 sei

    (orig. and ante-class. form seī), conj. [from a pronominal stem = Gr. he; Sanscr. sva-, self; cf. Corss. Ausspr. 1, 778; Curt. Gr. Etym. 396], a conditional particle, if.
    I.
    Prop.
    a.
    With indic.; so in gen., in conditions which are assumed to be true, with the verb in pres. or perf.; less freq. in imperf or pluperf.; and in conditions which may probably become true, with the verb in fut. or fut. perf. (Madv. Gram. § 332; Zumpt, Gram. § 517).
    (α).
    Pres.: SI IN IVS VOCAT, Fragm. XII. Tab. ap. Gell. 20, 1, 25, and ap. Porphyr. Hor. S. 1, 9, 65: SI MORBVS AEVITASVE VITIVM ESCIT... SI NOLET, etc., id. ap. Gell. l. l.: spero, si speres quicquam prodesse potis sunt, Enn. ap. Fest. p. 333 Müll. (Ann. v. 410 Vahl.):

    si vis, dabo tibi testes,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 37, 58:

    si voltis,

    id. ib. 1, 28, 44:

    si placet,

    id. ib. 2, 44, 71;

    1, 21, 34: si tuo commodo fleri potest,

    id. ib. 1, 9, 14:

    si studia Graecorum vos tanto opere delectant,

    id. ib. 1, 18, 30:

    si populus plurimum potest,

    id. ib. 3, 14, 23:

    si Massilienses per delectos cives summā justitiā reguntur, inest tamen, etc.,

    id. ib. 1, 27, 43; cf. id. Off. 3, 8, 35:

    quid est, Catilina, quod jam amplius exspectes, si nec privata domus continere voces conjurationis tuae potest? si illustrantur, si erumpunt omnia?

    id. Cat. 1, 3, 6:

    si pudor quaeritur, si probitas, si fides, Mancinus haec attulit,

    id. Rep. 3, 18, 28:

    Si quaerimus, cur, etc.,

    id. Brut. 95, 325. —Strengthened by modo:

    magnifica quidem res, si modo est ulla,

    Cic. Div. 1, 1, 1:

    deliget populus, si modo salvus esse vult, optimum quemque,

    id. Rep. 1, 34, 51:

    quae (virtus) est una, si modo est, maxime munifica,

    id. ib. 3, 8, 12; id. Tusc. 2, 4, 33; id. de Or. 2, 43, 182:

    si quisquam est facilis, hic est,

    id. Att. 14, 1, 2:

    si ulla res est, quam tibi me petente faciendam putes, haec ea sit,

    id. Q. Fr. 1, 2, 3, § 11:

    SI AGNATVS NEC ESCIT, GENTILIS FAMILIAM NANCITOR, Fragm. XII. Tab. in Collat. Leg. Mos. et Rom. 16, 4: quae (libertas), si aequa non est, ne libertas quidem est,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 31, 47; 1, 32, 49:

    id si minus intellegitur, ex dissensionibus percipi potest,

    id. Lael. 7, 23: BACANALIA SEI QVA SVNT, EXSTRAD QVAM SEI QVID IBEI SACRI EST... FACIATIS VTEI DISMOTA SIENT, S. C. de Bacch. fin.:

    dicito, si quid vis, non nocebo,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 235:

    si qui sunt, qui philosophorum auctoritate moveantur,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 7, 12:

    si quid generis istiusmodi me delectat, pictura delectat,

    id. Fam. 7, 23, 3:

    si aliquid dandum est voluptati,

    id. Sen. 13, 44;

    four times repeated,

    id. ib. 11, 38.—So esp. after mirum est or miror, as expressing reality (= quod or cum; cf. Gr. ei):

    noli mirari, si hoc non impetras,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 11, § 29:

    ecquid mirum est, si tam ab amico animo pacem petit? Curt 4, 11, 4: miraris, si superbiam tuam ferre non possumus?

    id. 8, 7, 14.—

    With a negative conclusion, to denote that, although the condition is true, or is conceded, a certain inference does not follow: nec, si omne enuntiatum aut verum aut falsum est, sequitur ilico esse causas, etc.,

    Cic. Fat. 12, 28:

    nec. si non obstatur, propterea etiam permittitur,

    id. Phil. 13, 6, 19:

    si veniam meretur qui inprudens nocuit, non meretur praemium qui inprudens profuit,

    Quint. 5, 10, 73:

    nec ideo ignis minus urere potest, si in materiam incidit inviolabilem flammis,

    Sen. Ben. 5, 5, 1.—
    (β).
    Imperf.:

    ea si erant, magnas habebas omnibus, dis gratias,

    Plaut. As. 1, 2, 17; Cic. Rep. 1, 27, 43:

    si quis antea mirabatur, quid esset, quod, etc.,

    id. Sest. 1.—
    (γ).
    Perf.:

    SI MEMBRVM RVPIT NI CVM EO PACIT TALIO ESTO, Fragm. XII. Tab. ap. Fest. s. v. talio, p. 363 Müll.: si animum contulisti in istam rationem, etc.,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 23, 37:

    si Roma condita est secundo anno Olympiadis septimae, etc.,

    id. ib. 2, 10, 18:

    quos (tyrannos) si boni oppresserunt, recreatur civitas: sin audaces, fit illa factio,

    id. ib. 1, 44, 68; cf. id. ib. 1, 42, 65:

    si ita sensit, ut loquitur,

    id. ib. 3, 21, 32;

    1, 27, 43: si modo hoc in Lycurgi potestate potuit esse,

    id. ib. 2, 12, 24:

    si modo in philosophiā aliquid profecimus,

    id. Off. 3, 8, 37: si quis eorum [p. 1689] (servorum) sub centone crepuit, nullum mihi vitium facit, Cato ap. Fest. s. v. prohibere, p. 234 sq. Müll.:

    si quid sceleste fecit,

    Plaut. As. 2, 2, 27:

    si quam opinionem jam vestris mentibus comprehendistis, etc.,

    Cic. Clu. 2, 6:

    si quando regi justo vim populus attulit regnove eum spoliavit, etc.,

    id. Rep. 1, 42, 65; cf. id. ib. 1, 38, 59; id. Lael. 7, 24.—After mirum est or miror, to express a reality (cf. a, supra):

    minime mirum, si ista res adhuc nostrā linguā inlustrata non est,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 13, 55; id. Deiot. 4, 12:

    quid mirum, si haec invitus amisi?

    Tac. A. 12, 37:

    miraris, si eo tempore matrona dicere potuit, escende?

    Sen. Contr. 2, 13, 1:

    minime est mirandum, si vita ejus fuit secura,

    Nep. Cim. 4, 4.—Very often followed by certe, profecto, etc., to express a conclusion, as certain as the unquestionable assumption:

    quod si fuit in re publicā tempus ullum, cum, etc., tum profecto fuit,

    Cic. Brut. 2, 7:

    si quisquam fuit umquam remotus ab inani laude, ego profecto is sum,

    id. Fam. 15, 4, 13:

    etenim si nulla fuit umquam tam imbecillo mulier animo, quae, etc., certe nos, etc.,

    id. Fam. 5, 16, 6:

    si umquam in dicendo fuimus aliquid, tum profecto, etc.,

    id. Att. 4, 2, 2; id. Mil. 2, 4; 7, 19.—Esp. with a negative conclusion (v. a fin. supra, and cf. quia, etsi):

    non, si tibi ante profuit, semper proderit,

    Cic. Phil. 8, 4, 12:

    non, si Opimium defendisti, idcirco te isti bonum civem putabunt,

    id. de Or. 2, 40, 170:

    neque enim, si tuae res gestae ceterorum laudibus obscuritatem attulerunt, idcirco Pompeii memoriam amisimus,

    id. Deiot. 4, 12:

    nec, si capitis dolorem facit, inutilis hominibus sol est,

    Quint. 5, 10, 82.—
    (δ).
    Pluperf.: si improbum Cresphontem existimaveras, etc., Enn. ap. Auct. Her. 2, 24, 38:

    nec mirum, eos si orationes turbaverant,

    Liv. 32, 20, 2 (Trag. v. 156 Vahl.):

    si hoc ita fato datum erat, ut,

    Liv. 30, 30, 3.—So esp. in indef. clauses of repeated action:

    plausum si quis eorum aliquando acceperat, ne quid peccasset pertimescebat,

    whenever, Cic. Sest. 49, 105:

    si quando nostri navem religaverant, hostes succurrebant,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 6:

    si quando suis fortunis forte desperare coeperant,

    id. B. G. 3, 12.—
    (ε).
    Fut.: SI VOLET SVO VIVITO... SI VOLET PLVS DATO, Fragm. XII. Tab. ap. Gell. 20, 1, 45; cf.: si voles advortere animum, comiter monstrabitur, Enn. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 89 Müll. (Trag. v. 386 Vahl.); and:

    alte spectare si voles, etc.,

    Cic. Rep. 6, 23, 25:

    si jam eminebit foras,

    id. ib. 6, 26, 29:

    si me audietis,

    id. ib. 1, 19, 32:

    si mutuas non potero certum est sumam fenore,

    Plaut. As. 1, 3, 95:

    id persequar, si potero, subtilius,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 23, 42; cf. in the foll. z:

    nihil (offendet) si modo opus exstabit,

    id. ib. 5, 3, 5:

    si quid te volam, ubi eris?

    Plaut. As. 1, 1, 96: si quod aliud oikeion reperies, Cic. Att. 1, 10, 3.—
    (ζ).
    Fut. perf.: si te hic offendero, moriere, Enn. ap. Cic. Att. 7, 26, 1 (Trag. v. 301 Vahl.):

    si nostram rem publicam vobis et nascentem et crescentem ostendero,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 1, 3:

    tum magis assentiere, si ad majora pervenero,

    id. ib. 1, 40, 62:

    expediri quae restant vix poterunt, si hoc incohatum reliqueris,

    id. ib. 1, 35, 55;

    1, 24, 38: pergratum mihi feceris, si de amicitiā disputaris,

    id. Lael. 4, 16:

    accommodabo ad eam (rem publicam), si potuero, omnem illam orationem, etc.... quod si tenere et consequi potuero, etc.,

    id. Rep. 1, 46, 70; so,

    si potuero,

    id. ib. 2, 30, 53; id. Brut. 5, 21:

    si potuerit,

    id. Off. 3, 23, 89:

    si modo id exprimere Latine potuero,

    id. Rep. 1, 43, 66:

    si modo interpretari potuero,

    id. Leg. 2, 18, 45:

    si ne ei caput exoculassitis,

    Plaut. Rud. 3, 4, 26: si quid vos per laborem recte feceritis... Sed si quā per voluptatem nequiter feceritis, etc., Cato ap. Gell. 16, 1, 4:

    de iis te, si qui me forte locus admonuerit, commonebo,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 12, 47.—
    b.
    With subj.; so in gen. of conditions assumed in statement, but implied not to be actual; the verb in pres. (rarely perf.) implies that the condition is still possible; in the imperf. and pluperf., that it is known to be unreal (Madv. Gram. § 347 sqq.; Zumpt, Gram. § 524).
    (α).
    Pres.:

    si habeat aurum,

    Plaut. Bacch. 1, 1, 12:

    abire hinc nullo pacto possim, si velim,

    id. ib. 2, 2, 2; so,

    si velim,

    Cic. Rep. 3, 10, 17:

    cum ipsi auxilium ferre, si cupiant, non queant,

    id. ib. 1, 5, 9:

    si singulos numeremus,

    id. ib. 3, 4, 7: si jus suum populi teneant, id. ib. 1, 32, 48:

    si Scipionis desiderio me moveri negem,

    id. Lael. 3, 10:

    si ad verba rem deflectere velimus,

    id. Caecin. 18, 51:

    si quis varias gentes despicere possit, videat primum, etc.,

    id. Rep. 3, 9, 14.—In expressing a wish ( poet. for utinam), usu. with O:

    O si angulus ille accedat, qui, etc.,

    Hor. S. 2, 6, 8; 2, 6, 10:

    O mihi praeteritos referat si Juppiter annos,

    Verg. A. 8, 560;

    also alone: si nunc se nobis ille aureus arbore ramus Ostendat nemore in tanto!

    would that, yet if, if however, id. ib. 6, 187:

    si quā fata aspera rumpas, Tu Marcellus eris,

    id. ib. 6, 882; cf. b, infra.—
    (β).
    Imperf.:

    qui si unus omnia consequi posset, nihil opus esset pluribus, etc.,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 34, 52:

    quae descriptio si esset ignota vobis, explicaretur a me,

    id. ib. 2, 22, 39:

    si ullum probarem simplex rei publicae genus,

    id. ib. 2, 23, 43:

    quod non fecissent profecto, si nihil ad eos pertinere arbitrarentur,

    id. Lael. 4, 13; cf. id. Verr. 2, 5, 51, § 133; v. Zumpt, Gram. § 525: SEI QVES ESENT, QVEI SIBEI DEICERENT, S. C. de Bacch (twice). —Also with O, expressing a wish ( poet.):

    O si solitae quicquam virtutis adesset,

    Verg. A. 11, 415;

    and without O: si mihi, quae quondam fuerat... si nunc foret illa juventus,

    id. ib. 5, 398.—
    (γ).
    Perf.: SI INIVRIAM FAXIT ALTERI, VIGINTI QVINQVE AERIS POENAE SVNTO, Fragm. XII. Tabularum ap. Gell. 20, 1, 12: si jam data sit frux, Enn. ap. Prisc. p. 724 P. (Ann. v. 412 Vahl.):

    perii, si me aspexerit!

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 164:

    victus sum, si dixeris,

    id. ib. 1, 1, 272:

    Romani si casu intervenerint,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 20, Cic. Rep. 3, 5, 8.—
    (δ).
    Pluperf.:

    si aliter accidisset,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 4, 7:

    tum magis id diceres, si nuper in hortis Scipionis affuisses,

    id. Lael. 7, 25:

    mansisset eadem voluntas in eorum posteris, si regum similitudo permansisset,

    id. Rep. 1, 41, 64:

    si id fecisses,

    id. Phil. 2, 2, 3; 2, 15, 38; 2, 36, 90:

    si quis in caelum ascendisset, etc.,

    id. Lael. 23, 88:

    si aliquid de summā gravitate Pompeius remisisset,

    id. Phil. 13, 1, 2.—
    c.
    Ellipt.
    (α).
    With pron. indef:

    istae artes, si modo aliquid, valent, ut acuant ingenia,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 18, 30:

    aut nemo, aut, si quisquam, ille sapiens fuit,

    id. Lael. 2, 9; id. Or. 29, 103.—
    (β).
    In a negation, usu. si minus, si contra (= sin minus, sin aliter):

    plures haec tulit una civitas, si minus sapientes, at certe summā laude dignos,

    Cic. Rep. 3, 4, 7:

    educ tecum omnes tuos: si minus, quam plurimos,

    id. Cat. 1, 5, 10; id. de Or. 2, 16, 68, in this sense less freq. si non:

    utrum cetera nomina digesta habes an non? Si non... si etiam,

    id. Rosc. Com. 3, 9:

    si haec civitas est, civem esse me: si non, exsulem esse, etc.,

    id. Fam. 7, 3, 5; Plaut. Rud. 4, 3, 104 sq.; id. Ps. 3, 2, 87; id. Poen. 5, 2, 24; Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 66; 1, 6, 68; Liv. 28, 29, 4:

    hic venit in judicium, si nihil aliud, saltem ut, etc.,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 58, § 152; so, si nihil aliud, Liv 22, 29; 30, 35; 45, 37 fin., Curt. 4, 6, 28:

    si aliud nihil,

    id. 2, 43.—
    (γ).
    With forte:

    intelleges esse nihil a me nisi orationis acerbitatem et, si forte, raro litterarum missarum indiligentiam reprehensam,

    perhaps, Cic. Q. Fr. 1, 2, 2, § 7; cf.:

    vereor, ne nihil sim tui, nisi supplosionem pedis imitatus et pauca quaedam verba et aliquem, si forte, motum,

    id. de Or. 3, 12, 47.—
    2.
    With quod, and if, but if, if however, if:

    quod si in philosophiā tantum interest... quid tandem in causis existimandum est?

    Cic. Or. 16, 51:

    quod si fuit in re publicā tempus ullum... tum profecto fuit,

    id. Brut. 2, 7:

    quod si exemeris ex rerum naturā benevolentiae conjunctionem, nec domus ulla nec urbs stare poterit,

    id. Lael. 7, 23; id. Rep. 3, 4, 7:

    quod si non hic tantus fructus ostenderetur et si ex his studiis delectatio sola peteretur: tamen, etc.,

    id. Arch. 7, 16; id. Cat. 2, 5, 10; id. Rosc. Com. 18, 54.—
    B.
    In partic.
    1.
    In subject or object-clauses, si with subj. sometimes takes the place of an inf.:

    apud Graecos opprobrio fuit adulescentibus, si amatores non haberent,

    Cic. Rep. 4, 3, 3: summa gloria constat ex tribus his;

    si diligit multitudo, si fidem habet, etc.,

    id. Off. 2, 9, 31:

    unam esse spem salutis docent, si eruptione factā extremum auxilium experirentur,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 5:

    illud ignoscere aequum erit, si... ne tuam quidem gloriam praeponam, etc.,

    Liv. 28, 41, 1; Nep. Ages. 4, 3: infinitum est, si singulos velim persequi. Sen. Q. N. 5, 17, 5; id. Tranq. 16, 2 (cf. si after mirum est, I. a. fin. supra).—
    2.
    In subst. clauses, to denote a doubtful assumption or future event (cf. quod):

    dixerunt, in eo verti puellae salutem, si postero die vindex injuriae ad tempus praesto esset,

    Liv. 3, 46:

    adjecerunt, Scipionem in eo positam habuisse spem pacis, si Hannibal et Mago ex Italiā non revocarentur,

    id. 30, 23; 35, 18.—
    3.
    Si with a relative takes the place of a relative clause, to express a class the existence or extent of which is doubtful: mortem proposuit, non eis solum qui illam rem gesserunt, sed eis etiam si qui non moleste tulerunt, i. e. if such there were, whether few or many, Cic. Phil. 13, 18, 39; id. Verr. 2, 1, 4, § 9:

    dixit errare, si qui in bello omnis secundos rerum proventus expectent,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 29:

    errat, si quis existimat facilem rem esse donare,

    Sen. Vit. Beat. 24, 1; Cic. Off. 2, 13, 44; Liv. 42, 31.—
    4.
    In syllogistic reasonings:

    si oportet velle sapere, dare operam philosophiae convenit. Oportet autem velle sapere, etc.,

    Cic. Inv. 1, 36, 65:

    si enim est verum, quod ita conectitur: si quis oriente Caniculā natus est, in mari non morietur, illud quoque verum est: si Fabius oriente Canicula natus est, Fabius in mari non morietur,

    id. Fat. 6, 12.—
    5.
    = etiamsi, with foll. tamen, even if, although, albeit (class.):

    quae si exsequi nequirem, tamen, etc.,

    Cic. Sen. 11, 38; cf.:

    quae si causa non esset, tamen, etc.,

    id. Mur. 4, 8; and:

    quae si dubia essent, tamen, etc.,

    Sall. J. 85, 48.—
    II.
    Transf., in dependent clauses expressing an interrogation or doubt, it is nearly = num, but forms a looser connection, if, whether, if perchance (class., but very rare in Cic.):

    ibo et visam huc ad eum, si forte est domi,

    Plaut. Bacch. 3, 5, 4; Ter. Eun. 3, 4, 7; id. Heaut. 1, 1, 118; cf. id. Phorm. 3, 3, 20:

    jam sciam, si quid titubatum est, ubi reliquias videro,

    Plaut. Men. 1, 2, 33; cf. id. Merc. 1, 2, 44:

    fatis incerta feror, si Juppiter unam Esse velit urbem,

    Verg. A. 4, 110; Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 52:

    primum ab iis quaesivit, si aquam hominibus in totidem dies, quot frumentum imposuissent,

    Liv. 29, 25; 39, 50:

    id modo quaeritur, si (lex) majori parti et in summam prodest,

    id. 34, 3; cf. id. 40, 49 fin.:

    jam dudum exspecto, si tuom officium scias,

    Plaut. Poen. prol. 12:

    hanc (paludem) si nostri transirent, hostes exspectabant,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 9; id. B. C. 2, 34; cf.:

    Pompeius eadem spectans, si itinere impeditos deprehendere posset,

    id. ib. 3, 75:

    non recusavit quo minus vel extremo spiritu, si quam opem rei publicae ferre posset, experiretur,

    Cic. Phil. 9, 1, 2; cf. id. de Or. 2, 85, 398:

    statui expectandum esse si quid certius adferretur,

    id. Fam. 15, 1, 2:

    Philopoemen quaesivit si Lycortas incolumis evasisset,

    Liv. 39, 50:

    expertique simul, si tela artusque sequantur,

    Val. Fl. 5, 562:

    Helvetii nonnumquam interdiu, saepius noctu, si perrumpere possent, conati,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 8 fin.; cf.:

    temptata res est, si primo impetu capi Ardea posset,

    Liv. 1, 57.—
    B.
    With ellipsis of a verb or clause on which the condition depends (cf. I. c. supra): ei rei suam operam dat, si possiet illam invenire ( to see) whether he can, Plaut. Cist. 1, 3, 37:

    L. Minucium cum omni equitatu praemittit, si quid celeritate itineris proficere possit,

    to see, to try, Caes. B. G. 6, 29 fin.:

    circumfunduntur hostes, si quem aditum reperire possent,

    id. ib. 6, 37:

    fame et inopiā adductos clam ex castris exisse, si quid frumenti in agris reperire possent,

    id. ib. 7, 20, 10; cf. id. ib. 7, 55 fin.; 7, 89 fin.; id. B. C. 3, 8 fin.; 3, 56:

    pergit ad speluncam, si forte eo vestigia ferrent,

    Liv. 1, 7:

    saxa volvebant, si quā Possent tectam aciem perrumpere,

    Verg. A. 9, 512:

    ad Gonnum castra movet, si potiri oppido posset,

    Liv. 42, 67, 6: haud aspernatus Tullius, tamen, si vana adferantur, in aciem educit ( that he might be ready) if, etc., id. 1, 23, 6:

    milites in praesidio erant, si quo operā eorum opus esset,

    id. 27, 28, 5:

    alii offerunt se, si quo usus operae sit,

    id. 26, 9, 9: ille postea, si comitia sua non fierent, urbi minari, i. e. ( that he would attack it) if, etc., Cic. Att. 4, 3, 3:

    Carthaginiensibus in Hasdrubale ita, si is movisset Syphacem, spes omnis erat,

    Liv. 29, 35, 9; 5, 8, 9:

    consul aedem Fortunae vovit, si eo die hostis fudisset,

    id. 29, 36, 8: erat Athenis reo damnato, si fraus capitalis non esset, quasi [p. 1690] poenae aestimatio, Cic. de Or. 1, 54, 232: quattuor legiones Cornelio, si qui ex Etruriā novi motus nuntiarentur, relictae, to meet the case, that, to be ready, if, etc., Liv. 6, 22:

    is in armis tenuit militem, si opus foret auxilio,

    id. 5, 8:

    ut patricios indignatio, si cum his gerendus esset honos, deterreret,

    id. 4, 6, 10; 1, 40, 2; 24, 36.—
    B.
    Si... si, for sive... sive, whether... or:

    si deus si dea es,

    Cato, R. R. 139; cf.:

    hostiam si deo, si deae immolabant,

    Gell. 2, 28, 3.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > sei

  • 44 si

    (orig. and ante-class. form seī), conj. [from a pronominal stem = Gr. he; Sanscr. sva-, self; cf. Corss. Ausspr. 1, 778; Curt. Gr. Etym. 396], a conditional particle, if.
    I.
    Prop.
    a.
    With indic.; so in gen., in conditions which are assumed to be true, with the verb in pres. or perf.; less freq. in imperf or pluperf.; and in conditions which may probably become true, with the verb in fut. or fut. perf. (Madv. Gram. § 332; Zumpt, Gram. § 517).
    (α).
    Pres.: SI IN IVS VOCAT, Fragm. XII. Tab. ap. Gell. 20, 1, 25, and ap. Porphyr. Hor. S. 1, 9, 65: SI MORBVS AEVITASVE VITIVM ESCIT... SI NOLET, etc., id. ap. Gell. l. l.: spero, si speres quicquam prodesse potis sunt, Enn. ap. Fest. p. 333 Müll. (Ann. v. 410 Vahl.):

    si vis, dabo tibi testes,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 37, 58:

    si voltis,

    id. ib. 1, 28, 44:

    si placet,

    id. ib. 2, 44, 71;

    1, 21, 34: si tuo commodo fleri potest,

    id. ib. 1, 9, 14:

    si studia Graecorum vos tanto opere delectant,

    id. ib. 1, 18, 30:

    si populus plurimum potest,

    id. ib. 3, 14, 23:

    si Massilienses per delectos cives summā justitiā reguntur, inest tamen, etc.,

    id. ib. 1, 27, 43; cf. id. Off. 3, 8, 35:

    quid est, Catilina, quod jam amplius exspectes, si nec privata domus continere voces conjurationis tuae potest? si illustrantur, si erumpunt omnia?

    id. Cat. 1, 3, 6:

    si pudor quaeritur, si probitas, si fides, Mancinus haec attulit,

    id. Rep. 3, 18, 28:

    Si quaerimus, cur, etc.,

    id. Brut. 95, 325. —Strengthened by modo:

    magnifica quidem res, si modo est ulla,

    Cic. Div. 1, 1, 1:

    deliget populus, si modo salvus esse vult, optimum quemque,

    id. Rep. 1, 34, 51:

    quae (virtus) est una, si modo est, maxime munifica,

    id. ib. 3, 8, 12; id. Tusc. 2, 4, 33; id. de Or. 2, 43, 182:

    si quisquam est facilis, hic est,

    id. Att. 14, 1, 2:

    si ulla res est, quam tibi me petente faciendam putes, haec ea sit,

    id. Q. Fr. 1, 2, 3, § 11:

    SI AGNATVS NEC ESCIT, GENTILIS FAMILIAM NANCITOR, Fragm. XII. Tab. in Collat. Leg. Mos. et Rom. 16, 4: quae (libertas), si aequa non est, ne libertas quidem est,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 31, 47; 1, 32, 49:

    id si minus intellegitur, ex dissensionibus percipi potest,

    id. Lael. 7, 23: BACANALIA SEI QVA SVNT, EXSTRAD QVAM SEI QVID IBEI SACRI EST... FACIATIS VTEI DISMOTA SIENT, S. C. de Bacch. fin.:

    dicito, si quid vis, non nocebo,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 235:

    si qui sunt, qui philosophorum auctoritate moveantur,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 7, 12:

    si quid generis istiusmodi me delectat, pictura delectat,

    id. Fam. 7, 23, 3:

    si aliquid dandum est voluptati,

    id. Sen. 13, 44;

    four times repeated,

    id. ib. 11, 38.—So esp. after mirum est or miror, as expressing reality (= quod or cum; cf. Gr. ei):

    noli mirari, si hoc non impetras,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 11, § 29:

    ecquid mirum est, si tam ab amico animo pacem petit? Curt 4, 11, 4: miraris, si superbiam tuam ferre non possumus?

    id. 8, 7, 14.—

    With a negative conclusion, to denote that, although the condition is true, or is conceded, a certain inference does not follow: nec, si omne enuntiatum aut verum aut falsum est, sequitur ilico esse causas, etc.,

    Cic. Fat. 12, 28:

    nec. si non obstatur, propterea etiam permittitur,

    id. Phil. 13, 6, 19:

    si veniam meretur qui inprudens nocuit, non meretur praemium qui inprudens profuit,

    Quint. 5, 10, 73:

    nec ideo ignis minus urere potest, si in materiam incidit inviolabilem flammis,

    Sen. Ben. 5, 5, 1.—
    (β).
    Imperf.:

    ea si erant, magnas habebas omnibus, dis gratias,

    Plaut. As. 1, 2, 17; Cic. Rep. 1, 27, 43:

    si quis antea mirabatur, quid esset, quod, etc.,

    id. Sest. 1.—
    (γ).
    Perf.:

    SI MEMBRVM RVPIT NI CVM EO PACIT TALIO ESTO, Fragm. XII. Tab. ap. Fest. s. v. talio, p. 363 Müll.: si animum contulisti in istam rationem, etc.,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 23, 37:

    si Roma condita est secundo anno Olympiadis septimae, etc.,

    id. ib. 2, 10, 18:

    quos (tyrannos) si boni oppresserunt, recreatur civitas: sin audaces, fit illa factio,

    id. ib. 1, 44, 68; cf. id. ib. 1, 42, 65:

    si ita sensit, ut loquitur,

    id. ib. 3, 21, 32;

    1, 27, 43: si modo hoc in Lycurgi potestate potuit esse,

    id. ib. 2, 12, 24:

    si modo in philosophiā aliquid profecimus,

    id. Off. 3, 8, 37: si quis eorum [p. 1689] (servorum) sub centone crepuit, nullum mihi vitium facit, Cato ap. Fest. s. v. prohibere, p. 234 sq. Müll.:

    si quid sceleste fecit,

    Plaut. As. 2, 2, 27:

    si quam opinionem jam vestris mentibus comprehendistis, etc.,

    Cic. Clu. 2, 6:

    si quando regi justo vim populus attulit regnove eum spoliavit, etc.,

    id. Rep. 1, 42, 65; cf. id. ib. 1, 38, 59; id. Lael. 7, 24.—After mirum est or miror, to express a reality (cf. a, supra):

    minime mirum, si ista res adhuc nostrā linguā inlustrata non est,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 13, 55; id. Deiot. 4, 12:

    quid mirum, si haec invitus amisi?

    Tac. A. 12, 37:

    miraris, si eo tempore matrona dicere potuit, escende?

    Sen. Contr. 2, 13, 1:

    minime est mirandum, si vita ejus fuit secura,

    Nep. Cim. 4, 4.—Very often followed by certe, profecto, etc., to express a conclusion, as certain as the unquestionable assumption:

    quod si fuit in re publicā tempus ullum, cum, etc., tum profecto fuit,

    Cic. Brut. 2, 7:

    si quisquam fuit umquam remotus ab inani laude, ego profecto is sum,

    id. Fam. 15, 4, 13:

    etenim si nulla fuit umquam tam imbecillo mulier animo, quae, etc., certe nos, etc.,

    id. Fam. 5, 16, 6:

    si umquam in dicendo fuimus aliquid, tum profecto, etc.,

    id. Att. 4, 2, 2; id. Mil. 2, 4; 7, 19.—Esp. with a negative conclusion (v. a fin. supra, and cf. quia, etsi):

    non, si tibi ante profuit, semper proderit,

    Cic. Phil. 8, 4, 12:

    non, si Opimium defendisti, idcirco te isti bonum civem putabunt,

    id. de Or. 2, 40, 170:

    neque enim, si tuae res gestae ceterorum laudibus obscuritatem attulerunt, idcirco Pompeii memoriam amisimus,

    id. Deiot. 4, 12:

    nec, si capitis dolorem facit, inutilis hominibus sol est,

    Quint. 5, 10, 82.—
    (δ).
    Pluperf.: si improbum Cresphontem existimaveras, etc., Enn. ap. Auct. Her. 2, 24, 38:

    nec mirum, eos si orationes turbaverant,

    Liv. 32, 20, 2 (Trag. v. 156 Vahl.):

    si hoc ita fato datum erat, ut,

    Liv. 30, 30, 3.—So esp. in indef. clauses of repeated action:

    plausum si quis eorum aliquando acceperat, ne quid peccasset pertimescebat,

    whenever, Cic. Sest. 49, 105:

    si quando nostri navem religaverant, hostes succurrebant,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 6:

    si quando suis fortunis forte desperare coeperant,

    id. B. G. 3, 12.—
    (ε).
    Fut.: SI VOLET SVO VIVITO... SI VOLET PLVS DATO, Fragm. XII. Tab. ap. Gell. 20, 1, 45; cf.: si voles advortere animum, comiter monstrabitur, Enn. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 89 Müll. (Trag. v. 386 Vahl.); and:

    alte spectare si voles, etc.,

    Cic. Rep. 6, 23, 25:

    si jam eminebit foras,

    id. ib. 6, 26, 29:

    si me audietis,

    id. ib. 1, 19, 32:

    si mutuas non potero certum est sumam fenore,

    Plaut. As. 1, 3, 95:

    id persequar, si potero, subtilius,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 23, 42; cf. in the foll. z:

    nihil (offendet) si modo opus exstabit,

    id. ib. 5, 3, 5:

    si quid te volam, ubi eris?

    Plaut. As. 1, 1, 96: si quod aliud oikeion reperies, Cic. Att. 1, 10, 3.—
    (ζ).
    Fut. perf.: si te hic offendero, moriere, Enn. ap. Cic. Att. 7, 26, 1 (Trag. v. 301 Vahl.):

    si nostram rem publicam vobis et nascentem et crescentem ostendero,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 1, 3:

    tum magis assentiere, si ad majora pervenero,

    id. ib. 1, 40, 62:

    expediri quae restant vix poterunt, si hoc incohatum reliqueris,

    id. ib. 1, 35, 55;

    1, 24, 38: pergratum mihi feceris, si de amicitiā disputaris,

    id. Lael. 4, 16:

    accommodabo ad eam (rem publicam), si potuero, omnem illam orationem, etc.... quod si tenere et consequi potuero, etc.,

    id. Rep. 1, 46, 70; so,

    si potuero,

    id. ib. 2, 30, 53; id. Brut. 5, 21:

    si potuerit,

    id. Off. 3, 23, 89:

    si modo id exprimere Latine potuero,

    id. Rep. 1, 43, 66:

    si modo interpretari potuero,

    id. Leg. 2, 18, 45:

    si ne ei caput exoculassitis,

    Plaut. Rud. 3, 4, 26: si quid vos per laborem recte feceritis... Sed si quā per voluptatem nequiter feceritis, etc., Cato ap. Gell. 16, 1, 4:

    de iis te, si qui me forte locus admonuerit, commonebo,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 12, 47.—
    b.
    With subj.; so in gen. of conditions assumed in statement, but implied not to be actual; the verb in pres. (rarely perf.) implies that the condition is still possible; in the imperf. and pluperf., that it is known to be unreal (Madv. Gram. § 347 sqq.; Zumpt, Gram. § 524).
    (α).
    Pres.:

    si habeat aurum,

    Plaut. Bacch. 1, 1, 12:

    abire hinc nullo pacto possim, si velim,

    id. ib. 2, 2, 2; so,

    si velim,

    Cic. Rep. 3, 10, 17:

    cum ipsi auxilium ferre, si cupiant, non queant,

    id. ib. 1, 5, 9:

    si singulos numeremus,

    id. ib. 3, 4, 7: si jus suum populi teneant, id. ib. 1, 32, 48:

    si Scipionis desiderio me moveri negem,

    id. Lael. 3, 10:

    si ad verba rem deflectere velimus,

    id. Caecin. 18, 51:

    si quis varias gentes despicere possit, videat primum, etc.,

    id. Rep. 3, 9, 14.—In expressing a wish ( poet. for utinam), usu. with O:

    O si angulus ille accedat, qui, etc.,

    Hor. S. 2, 6, 8; 2, 6, 10:

    O mihi praeteritos referat si Juppiter annos,

    Verg. A. 8, 560;

    also alone: si nunc se nobis ille aureus arbore ramus Ostendat nemore in tanto!

    would that, yet if, if however, id. ib. 6, 187:

    si quā fata aspera rumpas, Tu Marcellus eris,

    id. ib. 6, 882; cf. b, infra.—
    (β).
    Imperf.:

    qui si unus omnia consequi posset, nihil opus esset pluribus, etc.,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 34, 52:

    quae descriptio si esset ignota vobis, explicaretur a me,

    id. ib. 2, 22, 39:

    si ullum probarem simplex rei publicae genus,

    id. ib. 2, 23, 43:

    quod non fecissent profecto, si nihil ad eos pertinere arbitrarentur,

    id. Lael. 4, 13; cf. id. Verr. 2, 5, 51, § 133; v. Zumpt, Gram. § 525: SEI QVES ESENT, QVEI SIBEI DEICERENT, S. C. de Bacch (twice). —Also with O, expressing a wish ( poet.):

    O si solitae quicquam virtutis adesset,

    Verg. A. 11, 415;

    and without O: si mihi, quae quondam fuerat... si nunc foret illa juventus,

    id. ib. 5, 398.—
    (γ).
    Perf.: SI INIVRIAM FAXIT ALTERI, VIGINTI QVINQVE AERIS POENAE SVNTO, Fragm. XII. Tabularum ap. Gell. 20, 1, 12: si jam data sit frux, Enn. ap. Prisc. p. 724 P. (Ann. v. 412 Vahl.):

    perii, si me aspexerit!

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 164:

    victus sum, si dixeris,

    id. ib. 1, 1, 272:

    Romani si casu intervenerint,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 20, Cic. Rep. 3, 5, 8.—
    (δ).
    Pluperf.:

    si aliter accidisset,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 4, 7:

    tum magis id diceres, si nuper in hortis Scipionis affuisses,

    id. Lael. 7, 25:

    mansisset eadem voluntas in eorum posteris, si regum similitudo permansisset,

    id. Rep. 1, 41, 64:

    si id fecisses,

    id. Phil. 2, 2, 3; 2, 15, 38; 2, 36, 90:

    si quis in caelum ascendisset, etc.,

    id. Lael. 23, 88:

    si aliquid de summā gravitate Pompeius remisisset,

    id. Phil. 13, 1, 2.—
    c.
    Ellipt.
    (α).
    With pron. indef:

    istae artes, si modo aliquid, valent, ut acuant ingenia,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 18, 30:

    aut nemo, aut, si quisquam, ille sapiens fuit,

    id. Lael. 2, 9; id. Or. 29, 103.—
    (β).
    In a negation, usu. si minus, si contra (= sin minus, sin aliter):

    plures haec tulit una civitas, si minus sapientes, at certe summā laude dignos,

    Cic. Rep. 3, 4, 7:

    educ tecum omnes tuos: si minus, quam plurimos,

    id. Cat. 1, 5, 10; id. de Or. 2, 16, 68, in this sense less freq. si non:

    utrum cetera nomina digesta habes an non? Si non... si etiam,

    id. Rosc. Com. 3, 9:

    si haec civitas est, civem esse me: si non, exsulem esse, etc.,

    id. Fam. 7, 3, 5; Plaut. Rud. 4, 3, 104 sq.; id. Ps. 3, 2, 87; id. Poen. 5, 2, 24; Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 66; 1, 6, 68; Liv. 28, 29, 4:

    hic venit in judicium, si nihil aliud, saltem ut, etc.,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 58, § 152; so, si nihil aliud, Liv 22, 29; 30, 35; 45, 37 fin., Curt. 4, 6, 28:

    si aliud nihil,

    id. 2, 43.—
    (γ).
    With forte:

    intelleges esse nihil a me nisi orationis acerbitatem et, si forte, raro litterarum missarum indiligentiam reprehensam,

    perhaps, Cic. Q. Fr. 1, 2, 2, § 7; cf.:

    vereor, ne nihil sim tui, nisi supplosionem pedis imitatus et pauca quaedam verba et aliquem, si forte, motum,

    id. de Or. 3, 12, 47.—
    2.
    With quod, and if, but if, if however, if:

    quod si in philosophiā tantum interest... quid tandem in causis existimandum est?

    Cic. Or. 16, 51:

    quod si fuit in re publicā tempus ullum... tum profecto fuit,

    id. Brut. 2, 7:

    quod si exemeris ex rerum naturā benevolentiae conjunctionem, nec domus ulla nec urbs stare poterit,

    id. Lael. 7, 23; id. Rep. 3, 4, 7:

    quod si non hic tantus fructus ostenderetur et si ex his studiis delectatio sola peteretur: tamen, etc.,

    id. Arch. 7, 16; id. Cat. 2, 5, 10; id. Rosc. Com. 18, 54.—
    B.
    In partic.
    1.
    In subject or object-clauses, si with subj. sometimes takes the place of an inf.:

    apud Graecos opprobrio fuit adulescentibus, si amatores non haberent,

    Cic. Rep. 4, 3, 3: summa gloria constat ex tribus his;

    si diligit multitudo, si fidem habet, etc.,

    id. Off. 2, 9, 31:

    unam esse spem salutis docent, si eruptione factā extremum auxilium experirentur,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 5:

    illud ignoscere aequum erit, si... ne tuam quidem gloriam praeponam, etc.,

    Liv. 28, 41, 1; Nep. Ages. 4, 3: infinitum est, si singulos velim persequi. Sen. Q. N. 5, 17, 5; id. Tranq. 16, 2 (cf. si after mirum est, I. a. fin. supra).—
    2.
    In subst. clauses, to denote a doubtful assumption or future event (cf. quod):

    dixerunt, in eo verti puellae salutem, si postero die vindex injuriae ad tempus praesto esset,

    Liv. 3, 46:

    adjecerunt, Scipionem in eo positam habuisse spem pacis, si Hannibal et Mago ex Italiā non revocarentur,

    id. 30, 23; 35, 18.—
    3.
    Si with a relative takes the place of a relative clause, to express a class the existence or extent of which is doubtful: mortem proposuit, non eis solum qui illam rem gesserunt, sed eis etiam si qui non moleste tulerunt, i. e. if such there were, whether few or many, Cic. Phil. 13, 18, 39; id. Verr. 2, 1, 4, § 9:

    dixit errare, si qui in bello omnis secundos rerum proventus expectent,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 29:

    errat, si quis existimat facilem rem esse donare,

    Sen. Vit. Beat. 24, 1; Cic. Off. 2, 13, 44; Liv. 42, 31.—
    4.
    In syllogistic reasonings:

    si oportet velle sapere, dare operam philosophiae convenit. Oportet autem velle sapere, etc.,

    Cic. Inv. 1, 36, 65:

    si enim est verum, quod ita conectitur: si quis oriente Caniculā natus est, in mari non morietur, illud quoque verum est: si Fabius oriente Canicula natus est, Fabius in mari non morietur,

    id. Fat. 6, 12.—
    5.
    = etiamsi, with foll. tamen, even if, although, albeit (class.):

    quae si exsequi nequirem, tamen, etc.,

    Cic. Sen. 11, 38; cf.:

    quae si causa non esset, tamen, etc.,

    id. Mur. 4, 8; and:

    quae si dubia essent, tamen, etc.,

    Sall. J. 85, 48.—
    II.
    Transf., in dependent clauses expressing an interrogation or doubt, it is nearly = num, but forms a looser connection, if, whether, if perchance (class., but very rare in Cic.):

    ibo et visam huc ad eum, si forte est domi,

    Plaut. Bacch. 3, 5, 4; Ter. Eun. 3, 4, 7; id. Heaut. 1, 1, 118; cf. id. Phorm. 3, 3, 20:

    jam sciam, si quid titubatum est, ubi reliquias videro,

    Plaut. Men. 1, 2, 33; cf. id. Merc. 1, 2, 44:

    fatis incerta feror, si Juppiter unam Esse velit urbem,

    Verg. A. 4, 110; Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 52:

    primum ab iis quaesivit, si aquam hominibus in totidem dies, quot frumentum imposuissent,

    Liv. 29, 25; 39, 50:

    id modo quaeritur, si (lex) majori parti et in summam prodest,

    id. 34, 3; cf. id. 40, 49 fin.:

    jam dudum exspecto, si tuom officium scias,

    Plaut. Poen. prol. 12:

    hanc (paludem) si nostri transirent, hostes exspectabant,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 9; id. B. C. 2, 34; cf.:

    Pompeius eadem spectans, si itinere impeditos deprehendere posset,

    id. ib. 3, 75:

    non recusavit quo minus vel extremo spiritu, si quam opem rei publicae ferre posset, experiretur,

    Cic. Phil. 9, 1, 2; cf. id. de Or. 2, 85, 398:

    statui expectandum esse si quid certius adferretur,

    id. Fam. 15, 1, 2:

    Philopoemen quaesivit si Lycortas incolumis evasisset,

    Liv. 39, 50:

    expertique simul, si tela artusque sequantur,

    Val. Fl. 5, 562:

    Helvetii nonnumquam interdiu, saepius noctu, si perrumpere possent, conati,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 8 fin.; cf.:

    temptata res est, si primo impetu capi Ardea posset,

    Liv. 1, 57.—
    B.
    With ellipsis of a verb or clause on which the condition depends (cf. I. c. supra): ei rei suam operam dat, si possiet illam invenire ( to see) whether he can, Plaut. Cist. 1, 3, 37:

    L. Minucium cum omni equitatu praemittit, si quid celeritate itineris proficere possit,

    to see, to try, Caes. B. G. 6, 29 fin.:

    circumfunduntur hostes, si quem aditum reperire possent,

    id. ib. 6, 37:

    fame et inopiā adductos clam ex castris exisse, si quid frumenti in agris reperire possent,

    id. ib. 7, 20, 10; cf. id. ib. 7, 55 fin.; 7, 89 fin.; id. B. C. 3, 8 fin.; 3, 56:

    pergit ad speluncam, si forte eo vestigia ferrent,

    Liv. 1, 7:

    saxa volvebant, si quā Possent tectam aciem perrumpere,

    Verg. A. 9, 512:

    ad Gonnum castra movet, si potiri oppido posset,

    Liv. 42, 67, 6: haud aspernatus Tullius, tamen, si vana adferantur, in aciem educit ( that he might be ready) if, etc., id. 1, 23, 6:

    milites in praesidio erant, si quo operā eorum opus esset,

    id. 27, 28, 5:

    alii offerunt se, si quo usus operae sit,

    id. 26, 9, 9: ille postea, si comitia sua non fierent, urbi minari, i. e. ( that he would attack it) if, etc., Cic. Att. 4, 3, 3:

    Carthaginiensibus in Hasdrubale ita, si is movisset Syphacem, spes omnis erat,

    Liv. 29, 35, 9; 5, 8, 9:

    consul aedem Fortunae vovit, si eo die hostis fudisset,

    id. 29, 36, 8: erat Athenis reo damnato, si fraus capitalis non esset, quasi [p. 1690] poenae aestimatio, Cic. de Or. 1, 54, 232: quattuor legiones Cornelio, si qui ex Etruriā novi motus nuntiarentur, relictae, to meet the case, that, to be ready, if, etc., Liv. 6, 22:

    is in armis tenuit militem, si opus foret auxilio,

    id. 5, 8:

    ut patricios indignatio, si cum his gerendus esset honos, deterreret,

    id. 4, 6, 10; 1, 40, 2; 24, 36.—
    B.
    Si... si, for sive... sive, whether... or:

    si deus si dea es,

    Cato, R. R. 139; cf.:

    hostiam si deo, si deae immolabant,

    Gell. 2, 28, 3.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > si

  • 45

    ὁ, ὅ, ὅς, The uses are relative, demonstrative, articular: where is not followed by a particle, it is often impossible to decide whether the u<*>e is relative or demonstrative, cf. Des Places 35ff. A relative, cf. ὅς τε. (ὅ, ὅς, τοῦ, οὗ, τῷ, ᾧ, τόν, ὅν, τοί, οἵ, τῶν, ὧν, τοῖςι), οἷς, οἶσιν), τούς; ἅ, ἇς, τᾶς, ᾆ, τᾷ, ἅν, τάν, αἵ, ταί, τᾶν, αἷςι), ταῖσι; τοῦ, οὕνεκεν, ᾧ, τῷ, τό, τά, τῶν, ὧν, οἷσιν, τά.)
    1 c. ind.
    a preceded by an antecedent.

    Ἱέρωνος θεμιστεῖον ὃς ἀμφέπει σκᾶπτον O. 1.12

    Πέλοπος τοῦ μεγασθενὴς ἐράσσατο Γαιάοχος O. 1.25

    ἕλεν ἄταν ὑπέροπλον ἅν τοι πατὴρ ὕπερ κρέμασε καρτερὸν αὐτῷ λίθον, τὸν αἰεὶ μενοινῶν κεφαλᾶς βαλεῖν εὐφροσύνας ἀλᾶται (Fennel: τάν οἱ codd.: ἅν οἱ Hermann, v. d. Mühll) O. 1.57—8. νέκταρ ἀμβροσίαν τε δῶκεν, οἷσιν ἄφθιτον θέν νιν ( οἷς νιν coni. Bergk) O. 1.63 [ ἃ τέκε (codd.: ἔτεκε Boehmer: τέκε τε byz.) O. 1.89]

    πατέρων · καμόντες οἳ πολλὰ θυμῷ ἱερὸν ἔσχον οἴκημα O. 2.8

    κούραις, ἔπαθον αἳ μεγάλα O. 2.23

    ὕδωρ δ' ἄλλα (sc. ἄνθεμα)

    φέρβει, ὅρμοισι τῶν χέρας ἀναπλέκοντι O. 2.74

    Ῥαδαμάνθυος ὃν πατὴρ ἔχει μέγας ἑτοῖμον αὐτῷ πάρεδρον O. 2.76

    Ἀχιλλέα ὃς Ἕκτορα σφᾶλε O. 2.81

    κόσμον ἐλαίας, τάν ποτε Ἴστρου ἀπὸ σκιαρᾶν παγᾶν ἔνεικεν O. 3.13

    Πίσα τᾶς ἄπο θεόμοροι νίσοντ' ἐπ ἀνθρώπους ἀοιδαί O. 3.9

    ἔλαφον ἅν ποτε Ταυγέτα ἀντιθεῖσ' Ὀρθωσίας ἔγραψεν ἱεράν O. 3.29

    δένδρεα · τῶν νιν γλυκὺς ἵμερος ἔσχεν O. 3.33

    ἀλλὰ Κρόνου παῖ, ὃς Αἴτναν ἔχεις O. 4.6

    Ψαύμιος ὃς ἐλαίᾳ στεφανωθεὶς Πισάτιδι κῦδος ὄρσαι σπεύδει Καμαρίνᾳ O. 4.11

    Ψαύμιος · ὃς τὰν σὰν πόλιν αὔξων ἐγέραρεν O. 5.4

    ὀχετούς, Ἵππαρις οἷσιν ἄρδει στρατὸν O. 5.12

    αἶνος ὃν ἐν δίκᾳ φθέγξατ O. 6.12

    Πιτάναν ἅ τοι Ποσειδάωνι μιχθεῖσα Κρονίῳ λέγεται O. 6.29

    ἥρωι ὃς ἀνδρῶν Ἀρκάδων ἄνασσε O. 6.34

    Ἑρμᾶν ὃς ἀγῶνας ἔχει O. 6.79

    ἀκόνας, ἅ μ' ἐθέλοντα προσέρπει (but more prob. articular: cf. C. 2. d infra) O. 6.83 Μετώπα, πλάξιππον ἃ Θήβαν ἔτικτεν, τᾶς ἐρατεινὸν ὕδωρ πίομαι (bis) O. 6.85

    Ὀρτυγίας, τὰν Ἱέρων καθαρῷ σκάπτῳ διέπων ἀμφέπει Δάματρα O. 6.93

    [ὁ δ' ὄλβιος, ὃν φᾶμαι κατέχοντ ἀγαθαί (v. l. κατέχωντ) O. 7.10]

    παῖδας, ὧν εἷς μὲν Κάμιρον πρεσβύτατόν τε Ἰάλυσον ἔτεκεν O. 7.73

    Ζηνὶ ὃς σὲ μὲν Νεμέᾳ πρόφατον θῆκεν O. 8.16

    Αἰακοῦ· τὸν καλέσαντο σύνεργον O. 8.31

    Ἀλκιμέδων ὃς ἐν τέτρασιν παίδων ἀπεθήκατο γυίοις νόστον O. 8.67

    Βλεψιάδαις ἕκτος οἷς ἤδη στέφανος περίκειται O. 8.76

    κόσμον Ὀλυμπίᾳ, ὅν σφι Ζεὺς γένει ὤπασεν O. 8.83

    ἀκρωτήριον Ἄλιδος τὸ δή ποτε Λυδὸς ἥρως Πέλοψ ἐξάρατο O. 9.10

    υἱόν, ἃν Θέμις θυγάτηρ τέ οἱ σώτειρα λέλογχεν O. 9.15

    ῥάβδον, βρότεα σώμαθ' ᾇ κατάγει O. 9.34

    Μενοίτιον· τοῦ παῖς ἔστα σὺν Ἀχιλλεῖ O. 9.70

    ἀγῶνα ὃν ἀρχαίῳ σάματι πὰρ Πέλοπος ἐκτίσσατο O. 10.24

    μελέων, τὰ παρ' εὐκλέι Δίρκᾳ χρόνῳ μὲν φάνεν O. 10.85

    Ἀρχεστράτου τὸν εἶδον κρατέοντα O. 10.100

    ὥρᾳ τε κεκραμένον, ἅ ποτε ἀναιδέα Γανυμήδει θάνατον ἆλκε σὺν Κυπρογένει O. 10.104

    ἐγκώμιον τεθμόν, τὸν ἄγει πεδίων ἐκ Πίσας O. 13.29

    πατρὸς ὃς ἔπαθεν O. 13.63

    φόρμιγξ τᾶς ἀκούει μὲν βάσις P. 1.2

    Τυφὼς · τόν ποτε Κιλίκιον θρέψεν πολυώνυμον ἄντρον P. 1.16

    Αἴτνα · τᾶς ἐρεύγονται μὲν ἀπλάτου πυρὸς ἁγνόταται ἐκ μυχῶν παγαί P. 1.21

    Ζεῦ, ὃς τοῦτ' ἐφέπεις ὄρος, γαίας μέτωπον, τοῦ μὲν ἐπωνυμίαν κλεινὸς οἰκιστὴρ ἐκύδανεν πόλιν (bis) P. 1.30

    Ποίαντος υἱὸν ὃς Πριάμοιο πόλιν πέρσεν P. 1.54

    Αἴτνας βασιλεῖ·· τῷ πόλιν Ἱέρων ἔκτισσε P. 1.61

    Τυνδαριδᾶν βαθύδοξοι γείτονες, ὧν κλέος ἄνθησεν αἰχμᾶς P. 1.66

    Συρακοσίων ἀρχῷ ὠκυπόρων ἀπὸ ναῶν ὅ σφιν ἐν πόντῳ βάλεθ' ἁλικίαν P. 1.74

    μαχᾶν, ταῖσι Μήδειοι κάμον P. 1.78

    τετραορίας εὐάρματος Ἱέρων ἐν ᾇ

    κρατέων ἀνέδησεν Ὀρτυγίαν P. 2.5

    ὕμνον τὸν ἐδέξαντ' ἀμφ ἀρετᾷ P. 1.80

    Ἀρτέμιδος, ἇς οὐκ ἄτερ ἐδάμασσε πώλους (Hermann: τᾶς codd.) P. 2.7

    Κινύραν τὸν ὁ χρυσοχαῖτα προφρόνως ἐφίλησ' Ἀπόλλων P. 2.16

    Ἥρας τὰν Διὸς εὐναὶ λάχον πολυγαθέες P. 2.27

    γόνον τὸν ὀνύμαζε τράφοισα Κένταυρον, ὃς ἵπποισι Μαγνητίδεσσιν ἐμείγνυτ (bis) P. 2.44

    θεός, ὃ καὶ πτερόεντ' αἰετὸν κίχε P. 2.50

    θεός, ὃς ἀνέχει τότε μὲν τὰ κείνων P. 2.89

    ξένον, ὃς Συρακόσσαισι νέμει βασιλεύς P. 3.70

    στεφάνοις, τοὺς ἀριστεύων Φερένικος ἕλεν Κίρρᾳ ποτέ P. 3.74

    Ματρί, τᾶν κοῦραι παρ' ἐμὸν πρόθυρον σὺν Πανὶ μέλπονται P. 3.78

    ( Πηλεύς τε καὶ Κάδμος)

    λέγονται μὰν βροτῶν ὄλβον ὑπέρτατον οἳ σχεῖν P. 3.89

    [ὅς (codd. contra metr.: σάος Schr.) P. 3.106]

    τὸ Μηδείας ἔπος Αἰήτα τό ποτε ζαμενὴς παῖς ἀπέπνευσ P. 4.10

    κεῖνος ὄρνις τόν ποτε δέξατP. 4.20Εὔφαμος, τόν ποτ' Εὐρώπα τίκτεP. 4.46

    μελίσσας Δελφίδος ἅ σε χαίρειν ἐστρὶς αὐδάσαισα ἄμφανεν P. 4.61

    τοκέων, τοί μ' κρύβδα πέμπονP. 4.111 ἀγρούς τοὺς ἀπούρας ἁμετέρων τοκέων νέμεαιP. 4.149θρόνος, ᾧ ποτε Κρηθείδας ἐγκαθίζων εὔθυνεP. 4.152 δέρμα τε κριοῦ τῷ ποτ' ἐκ πόντου σαώθηP. 4.161

    βόας, οἳ φλόγ' ἀπὸ ξανθᾶν γενύων πνέον P. 4.225

    δράκοντος ὃς πάχει μάκει τε πεντηκόντερον ναῦν κράτει, τέλεσεν ἃν πλαγαὶ σιδάρου (bis) P. 4.245

    Κάστορος· εὐδίαν ὃς μετὰ χειμέριον ὄμβρον τεὰν καταιθύσσει μάκαιραν ἑστίαν P. 5.10

    Κάρρωτον ὃς Βαττιδᾶν ἀφίκετο δόμους P. 5.27

    ἀνδριάντι Κρῆτες ὃν τοξοφόροι τέγει Παρνασσίῳ καθέσσαντο P. 5.41

    Ἀπόλλων ὃ καὶ βαρειᾶν νόσων ἀκέσματ' νέμει P. 5.63

    μυχόν τ' ἀμφέπει μαντήιον. τῷ Λακεδαίμονι ἐν Ἄργει τε καὶ ζαθέᾳ Πύλῳ ἔνασσεν ἀλκάεντας Ἡρακλέος ἐκγόνους (ᾧ, τῷ χρησμῷ Σ.) P. 5.69

    πόλιν. ἔχοντι τὰν χαλκοχάρμαι ξένοι Τρῶες P. 5.82

    ἄνδρες τοὺς

    Ἀριστοτέλης ἄγαγε P. 5.87

    Ἀρκεσίλᾳ· τὸν ἐν ἀοιδᾷ νέων πρέπει χρυσάορα Φοῖβον ἀπύειν P. 5.103

    ὕμνων θησαυρὸς. τὸν οὔτε χειμέριος ὄμβρος οὔτ' ἄνεμος ἐς μυχοὺς ἁλὸς ἄξοισι P. 6.10

    Ἀντίλοχος ὃς ὑπερέφθιτο πατρός P. 6.30

    Ἐλέλιχθον, ἄρχεις ὃς ἱππιᾶν ἐσόδων P. 6.50

    ἀστῶν οἳ τεὸν δόμον Πυθῶνι δίᾳ θαητὸν ἔτευξαν P. 7.10

    τὺ (= Ἡσυχία) —

    τὰν οὐδὲ Πορφυρίων μάθεν παρ' αἶσαν ἐξερεθίζων P. 8.12

    Ἀπόλλωνος· ὃς εὐμενεῖ νόῳ λτ;γτ;ενάρκειον ἔδεκτο υἱὸν P. 8.18

    σωμάτεσσι τοῖς οὔτε νόστος ὁμῶς ἔπαλπνος ἐν Πυθιάδι κρίθη P. 8.83

    Κυράνας, τὰν Λατοίδας ἅρπασ P. 9.5

    Ὑψέος ὃς Λαπιθᾶν ὑπερόπλων τουτάκις ἦν βασιλεύς P. 9.14

    ὅν ποτε Κρέοισ' ἔτικτεν P. 9.15

    σέ, τὸν οὐ θεμιτὸν ψεύδει θιγεῖν P. 9.42

    ὦ ἄνα, κύριον ὃς πάντων τέλος οἶσθαP. 9.44 παῖδα ὃν κλυτὸς Ἑρμᾶς οἴσειP. 9.59

    Κυράναν, ἅ νιν εὔφρων δέξεται P. 9.73

    Ἰόλαον. τόν κρύψαν ἔνερθ' ὑπὸ γᾶν P. 9.80

    κῶφος ἀνήρ τις, ὃς Ἡρακλεῖ στόμα μὴ περιβάλλει, μηδὲ Διρκαίων ὑδάτων ἀὲ μέμναται, τά νιν θρέψαντο καὶ Ἰφικλέα, τοῖσι τέλειον ἐπ' εὐχᾷ κωμάσομαί τι παθὼν ἐσλόν (ter) P. 9.87—9.

    κούραν, τὰν μάλα πολλοὶ ἀριστῆες ἀνδρῶν αἴτεον P. 9.107

    Ὑπερβορέων. παρ' οἶς ποτε Περσεὺς ἐδαίσατο λαγέτας P. 10.31

    ὧν θαλίαις ἔμπεδον εὐφαμίαις τε μάλιστ' Ἀπόλλων χαίρει P. 10.34

    θησαυρόν, ὃν περίαλλ' ἐτίμασε Λοξίας P. 11.5

    ἀγῶνι ἐν τῷ Θρασυδᾷος ἔμνασεν ἑστίαν P. 11.13

    Ὀρέστα· τὸν δὴ ἐκ δόλου τροφὸς ἄνελε δυσπενθέος P. 11.17

    Πυθονίκῳ ἢ Θρασυδᾴῳ, τῶν εὐφροσύνα τε καὶ δόξ' ἐπιφλέγει P. 11.45

    τέχνᾳ, τάν ποτε Παλλὰς ἐφεῦρε P. 12.6

    θρῆνον. τὸν ἄιε λειβόμενον P. 12.9

    υἱὸς Δανάας· τὸν ἀπὸ χρυσοῦ φαμὲν αὐτορύτου ἔμμεναι P. 12.17

    δονάκων, τοὶ παρὰ καλλιχόρῳ ναίοισι πόλι Χαρίτων P. 12.26

    ἀλλ' ἔσται χρόνος οὖτος, ὃ καὶ τὸ μὲν δώσει P. 12.31

    νάσω, τὰν Ζεὺς ἔδωκεν

    Φερσεφόνᾳ N. 1.13

    ἀοιδὰν. τᾶς ἀφθονίαν ὄπαζε μήτιος ἁμᾶς ἄπο N. 3.9

    Μυρμιδόνες ὧν παλαίφατον ἀγορὰν οὐκ ἐλεγχέεσσιν ἐμίανε N. 3.14

    κιόνων ὕπερ Ἡρακλέος ἥρως θεὸς ἃς ἔθηκε ναυτιλίας ἐσχάτας μάρτυρας κλυτούς N. 3.22

    Πηλεὺς ὃς καὶ Ἰαολκὸν εἶλε N. 3.34

    Ἀσκλαπιόν, τὸν φαρμάκων δίδαξε μαλακόχειρα νόμον N. 3.55

    σέο δ' ἀγών, τὸν ὕμνος ἔβαλεν ὄπι νέων ἐπιχώριον χάρμα κελαδέων N. 3.65

    Ἀριστοκλείδᾳ ὃς τάνδε νᾶσον εὐκλέι προσέθηκε λόγῳ N. 3.68

    αἰετὸς ὃς ἔλαβεν αἶψα N. 3.81

    Ἡρακλέος. σὺν ᾧ ποτε Τροίαν κραταιὸς Τελαμὼν πόρθησε N. 4.25

    ἕδραν, τὰν οὐρανοῦ βασιλῆες πόντου τ' ἐφεζόμενοι δῶρα καὶ κράτος ἐξέφαναν (Herwerden: τᾶς codd.) N. 4.67 ( κεῖνος) τὸν Εὐφάνης ἐθέλων γεραιὸς προπάτωρ σὸς ἄεισέν ποτε, παῖ (Σ assume Kallikles to be antecedent, others refer to ἀγῶνι or Ὀρσοτριαίνα, cf. N. 2.24) N. 4.89

    ἄρουραν· τάν ποτ' εὔανδρόν τε καὶ ναυσικλυτὰν θέσσαντο N. 5.9

    Ποσειδάωνα ὃς Αἰγᾶθεν ποτὶ κλειτὰν θαμὰ νίσεται Ἰσθμὸν Δωρίαν N. 5.37

    μείς τ' ἐπιχώριος, ὃν φίλησ Ἀπόλλων N. 5.44

    παῖς ἐναγώνιος, ὃς ταύταν μεθέπων Διόθεν αἶσαν νῦν πέφανται οὐκ ἄμμορος N. 6.13

    Σαοκλείδἀ, ὃς ὑπέρτατος Ἁγησιμάχοἰ ὑέων γένετο N. 3.21

    ἀγώνων ἄπο, τοὺς ἐνέποισιν ἱερούς N. 6.59

    Αἴας, ὃν πόρευσαν N. 7.27

    [ βοαθοῶν τοι. v.

    τοι N. 7.33

    ]

    πόλιν. τᾷ καὶ Δαναοὶ πόνησαν N. 7.35

    γλῶσσαν, ὃς ἐξέπεμψεν παλαισμάτων αὐχένα καὶ σθένος ἀδίαντον N. 7.72

    τίν Γίγαντας ὃς ἐδάμασας N. 7.90

    [ γέρας τό περ νῦν. v. , C. N. 7.101]

    ἡρώων ἄωτοι οἵ τε κρανααῖς ἐν Ἀθάναισιν ἅρμοζον στρατόν, οἵ τ' ἀνὰ Σπάρταν Πελοπηιάδαι N. 8.11

    πάρφασις ἃ τὸ μὲν λαμπρὸν βιᾶται, τῶν δ' ἀφάντων κῦδος ἀντείνει σαθρόν N. 8.34

    ῥεέθροις, ὧν ἐγὼ μνασθεὶς ἐπασκήσω κλυταῖς ἥρωα τιμαῖς· ὅς τότε ἄμφαινε κυδαίνων πόλιν N. 9.9

    —11.

    αἰδὼς ἃ φέρει δόξαν N. 9.34

    φιάλαι-

    σι ἅς ποθ' ἵπποι κτησάμεναι Χρομίῳ πέμψαν N. 9.52

    Ἡρακλέος οὗ κατ' Ὄλυμπον ἄλοχος Ἥβα ἔστι N. 10.17

    ἑταίρους οἵ σε γεραίροντες ὀρθὰν φυλάσσοισιν Τένεδον N. 11.5

    Δᾶλος, ἐν ᾇ κέχυμαι I. 1.4

    πατρίδι ἐν ᾇ καὶ τὸν ἀδείμαντον Ἀλκμήνα τέκεν παῖδα, θρασεῖαι τόν ποτε Γηρυόνα φρίξαν κύνες (bis) I. 1.12—3.

    ἄρουραν, ἅ νιν ἐν κρυοέσσᾳ δέξατο συντυχίᾳ I. 1.36

    φῶτες, οἳ χρυσαμπύκων ἐς δίφρον Μοισᾶν ἔβαινον ( οἳ Σ: ὅσοι codd.) I. 2.1 τὠργείου χρήματα χρήματ' ἀνήρ ὃς φᾶ (others view ὅς as dem.) I. 2.11

    νίκαν, τὰν λτ;γτ;ενοκράτει Ποσειδάων ὀπάσαις στεφάνωμα κόμᾳ πέμπεν I. 2.14

    χεῖρα τὰν Νικόμαχος κατὰ καιρὸν νεῖμ I. 2.22

    γαῖαν τὰν δὴ καλέοισιν Ὀλυμπίου Διὸς ἄλσος I. 2.27

    ἀρετὰς. αἷσι Κλεωνυμίδαι θάλλοντες αἰεὶ διέρχονται I. 4.4

    Ἄἴαντος ἀλκάν, φοίνιον τὰν ὀψίᾳ ἐν νυκτὶ ταμὼν μομφὰν ἔχει I. 4.35

    Ὅμηρος ὃς αὐτοῦ πᾶσαν ὀρθώσαις ἀρετὰν κατὰ ῥάβδον ἔφρασεν I. 4.37

    υἱὸς Ἀλκμήνας· ὃς Οὔλυμπόνδ' ἔβα I. 4.55

    θανόντων· τοὺς Μεγάρα τέκε οἱ Κρεοντὶς υἱούς· τοῖσιν ἐν δυθμαῖσιν αὐγᾶν φλὸξ παννυχίζει I. 4.64

    —5.

    Αἰακοῦ παίδων τε. τοὶ καὶ σὺν μάχαις δὶς πόλιν Τρώων ἔπραθον I. 5.35

    πατρός. τὸν χαλκοχάρμαν ἐς πόλεμον ἆγε I. 6.27

    θηρός, ὃν πάμπρωτον ἀέθλων κτεῖνά ποτ' ἐν ΝεμέᾳI. 6.48ἔσσεταί τοι παῖς, ὃν αἰτεῖςI. 6.52

    ὕδωρ, τὸ ἀνέτειλαν I. 6.74

    θάλος, χάλος, χάλκασπις ᾧ πότμον μὲν Ἄρης ἔμειξεν I. 7.25

    Ζηνί ὃ τὰν μὲν ᾤκισσεν ἁγεμόνα I. 8.19

    Αἰακὸν. ὃ καὶ δαιμόνεσσι δίκας ἐπείραινε I. 8.23

    Ἀχιλέος. ὃ καὶ Μύσιον ἀμπελόεν αἵμαξε I. 8.49

    θεόν, ὃς κεραυνοῦ τε κρέσσον ἄλλο βέλος διώξει χερί I. 8.34

    ἶνας ἐκταμὼν δορί, ταί μιν ῥύοντό ποτε I. 8.52

    ἀριστέας οἶς δῶμα Φερσεφόνας μανύων Ἀχιλεύς πρόφαινεν I. 8.55

    μιν ὃς ἔλαχεν σελίνων I. 8.63

    ( Ζεύς), ὃς καὶ τυπεὶς ἁγνῷ πελέκει τέκετο ξανθὰν Ἀθάναν fr. 34. Εὐξαντίου [Κρητ]ῶν μαιομένων

    ὃς ἀνα[ίνετο] αὐταρχεῖν Pae. 4.36

    Διὸς Ἐννοσίδαν τε. χθόνα τοί ποτε καὶ στρατὸν ἀθρόον πέμψαν κεραυνῷ τριόδοντί τε ἐς τὸν βαθὺν Τάρταρον Pae. 4.42

    ]ὃν ἔμβα[λ Pae. 6.78

    Νεοπτόλεμον. ὃς διέπερσεν Ἰλίου πόλιν Pae. 6.104

    χρηστήριον[ ]ἐν ᾧ Τήνερον ἔτεκ[εν Pae. 9.41

    τί ἔλπεαι σοφίαν ἔμμεν, ἃν ὀλίγον τοι ἀνὴρ ὑπὲρ ἀνδρὸς ἴσχει; (cod. unus Stobaei in marg., cett.: om. Clem. Alex.: ᾆ τ Boeckh) fr. 61. 1. θεοί, πολύβατον οἵ τ' ἄστεος ὀμφαλὸν θυόεντ οἰχνεῖτε πανδαίδαλόν τ εὐκλἔ ἀγοράν fr. 75. 3. ἐπὶ τὸν κισσοδαῆ θεόν, τὸν Βρόμιον τὸν Ἐριβόαν τε βροτοὶ καλέομεν ( ὃν ὃν v. l.: τε om. codd. nonnulli: docti unum vel alterum τὸν del.) fr. 75. 10. Ἀλαλά, ᾆ θύεται ἄνδρες fr. 78. 2. ἀνδρὸς δ' οὔτε γυναικός, ὧν θάλεσσιν ἔγκειμαι Παρθ. 2. 3. νίκαις, αἷς ἐν ἀιόνεσσιν Ὀγχη[στοῦ κλυ]τᾶς, ταῖς δὲ ναὸν Ἰτωνίας χαίταν στεφάνοις ἐκόσμηθεν Παρθ. 2.. θυγάτηρ, Ἀνδαισιστρότᾰ ἃν ἐπάσκησε Παρθ. 2.. Ὑμέναιον, ὃν λάβεν (ὃν supp. Hermann: om. cod.) Θρ. 3.. ψυχὰς ἐκ τᾶν βασιλῆες ἀγαυοὶ αὔξοντ fr. 133. 3. ἑορτὰ ἐν ᾇ πρῶτον εὐνάσθην fr. 193. Ἐλπίς, ἃ μάλιστα κυβερνᾷ fr. 214. 3.
    b where the antecedent follows the rel. cl. [ ταί τε ναίετε (Bergk: αἵ τε codd.) O. 14.2]

    ὅσσα δὲ μὴ πεφίληκε Ζεύς, ἀτύζονται βοὰν Πιερίδων ἀίοντα ὅς τ' ἐν αἰνᾷ Ταρτάρῳ κεῖται, θεῶν πολέμιος, Τυφώς P. 1.15

    ὃς δὲ διδάκτ' ἔχει, ψεφεννὸς ἀνὴρ N. 3.41

    οἶσι δὲ Φερσεφόνα ποινὰν παλαιοῦ πένθεος δέξεται, ἐς τὸν ὕπερθεν ἅλιον κείνων ἐνάτῳ ἔτει ἀνδιδοῖ ψυχὰς πάλιν fr. 133. 1. ὁ χοροιτύπος, ὃν Μαλέας ὄρος ἔθρεψε, Ναίδος ἀκοίτας Σιληνός fr. 156.
    c with interior antecedent. “ἀρχαίαν κομίζων πατρὸς ἐμοῦτάν ποτε Ζεὺς ὤπασεν λαγέτᾳ Αἰόλῳ καὶ παισὶ τιμάν ( ἀρχὰν ἀγκομίζων Chaeris) P. 4.107

    μακάριος, ὃς ἔχεις καὶ πεδὰ μέγαν κάματον λόγων φέρτατων μναμήἰ P. 5.46

    d
    I ἐξ οὗ, from then on

    ἐξ οὗ πολύκλειτον καθ' Ἕλλανας γένος Ἰαμιδᾶν O. 6.71

    ἐξ οὗ Θέτιος γόνος οὐλίῳ μιν ἐν Ἄρει παραγορεῖτο μή ποτε σφετέρας ἄτερθε ταξιοῦσθαι αἰχμᾶς O. 9.76

    I being demonstrative in same case as rel. ἀντεβόλησεν τῶν ἀνὴρ θνατὸς οὔπω τις πρότερον ( τοιούτων ὧν) O. 13.31 ὧν ἔραται, καιρὸν διδούς ( τούτων ὧν) P. 1.57 τῶν δ' ἕκαστος ὀρούει, τυχών κεν ἁρπαλέαν σχέθοι φροντίδα τὰν πὰρ ποδός ( τούτων ὧν) P. 10.61 πράσσει γὰρ ἔργῳ μὲν σθένος, βουλαῖσι δὲ φρήν, ἐσσόμενον προιδεῖν συγγενὲς οἷς ἕπεται ( τούτοις οἷς) N. 1.28 σύνες ὅ τοι λέγω ( τοῦτο ὅ) fr. 105. 1. ἀλᾶται στρατῶν, ὃς ἀμαξοφόρητον οἶκον οὐ πέπαται ( ἐκεῖνος ὅστις) fr. 105b. 2. τὰς δὲ Θεοξένου ἀκτῖνας πρὸς ὄσσων μαρμαρυζοίσας δρακεὶς ὃς μὴ πόθῳ κυμαίνεται fr. 123. 4. ὃς μὲν ἀχρήμων, ἀφνεὸς τότε fr. 124. 8.
    II being assimilated to the case of the rel. τιμὰ δὲ γίνεται, ὧν θεὸς ἁβρὸν αὔξει λόγον τεθνακότων (τούτοις, ὧν) N. 7.32 Ζεῦ πάτερ, τῶν μὰν ἔραται φρενί, σιγᾷ οἱ στόμα ( ταῦτα ὧν) N. 10.29 ὀρνιχολόχῳ τε καὶ ὃν πόντος τράφει ( ἐκείνῳ ὃν) I. 1.48
    f where antecedent does not correspond to rel. in gender or number. ὀρθὰν ἄγεις ἐφημοσύναν, τά ποτ' ἐν οὔρεσι φαντὶ μεγαλοσθενεῖ Φιλύρας υἱὸν ὀρφανιζομένῳ Πηλείδᾳ παραινεῖν (Er. Schmid: τὰν codd.) P. 6.21
    2 c. subj.
    a preceded by definite antecedent.
    I μῶμος ἐξ ἄλλων κρέμαται φθονεόντων τοῖς, οἷς ποτε πρώτοις αἰδοία ποτιστάξῃ Χάρις εὐκλέα μορφάν (v. l. ποτιστάξει, -άζει) O. 6.75 ὁ δ' ὄλβιος ὃν φᾶμαι κατέχωντ ἀγαθαί ( κατέχοντ v. l.) O. 7.10

    ἐκ πόνων δ, οἳ σὺν νεότατι γένωνται σύν τε δίκᾳ N. 9.44

    II add. κε/

    ἄν. ἀμφοτέροισι δ' ἀνήρ, ὃς ἂν ἐγκύρσῃ καὶ ἕλῃ, στέφανον ὕψιστον δέδεκται P. 1.100

    γένος, οἵ κεν τάνδε νᾶσον ἐλθόντες τέκωνται φῶταP. 4.51

    ὑμνητὸς οὗτος ἀνὴρ γίνεται σοφοῖς, ὃς ἂν τὰ μέγιστ' ἀέθλων ἕλῃ P. 10.23

    , cf. P. 5.65 infra.
    I being demonstrative in same case as rel.

    δίδωσί τε Μοῖσαν οἷς ἂν ἐθέλῃ P. 5.65

    ὃς δ' ἀμφ ἀέθλοις ἄρηται κῦδος ἁβρόν, εὐαγορηθείς κέρδος ὕψιστον δέκεται I. 1.50

    II where the rel. is assimilated to the case of the antecedent. ἐν δὲ πείρᾳ τέλος διαφαίνεται ὧν τις ἐξοχώτερος γένηται ( τούτων ἅ) N. 3.71 τὰ δ' αὐτὸς ἀντιτύχῃ, ἔλπεταί τις ἕκαστος ἐξοχώτατα φάσθαι ( ταῦτα ὧν: ἄν τις τύχῃ codd., corr. Mingarelli) N. 4.91
    c where the antecedent does not correspond with the rel. in gender or number, v. P. 4.51 supra
    a
    II
    3 c. opt.
    a with definite antecedent. ἅπαντας ἐν οἴκῳ εἴρετο παῖδα, τὸν Εὐάδνα τέκοι (v. Goodwin, M & T, § 700) O. 6.49
    b add. κε/ἄν, v. P. 9.119 infra c.
    c antecedent omitted, being demonstrative assimilated to the case of the rel. θανεῖν δ' οἷσιν ἀνάγκα, τά κέ τις ἀνώνυμον γῆρας ἕψοι μάταν; (byz.: οἷς codd.) O. 1.82 εἶπε δ' ἐν μέσσοις ἀπάγεσθαι, ὃς ἂν πρῶτος θορὼν ἀμφί οἱ ψαύσειε πέπλοις (The oratio recta would be ὃς ἂν ψαύσῃ,” Gildersleeve) P. 9.119
    4 f. s. dat. pro adv., =

    ὡς. ζεῦξον ἤδη μοι σθένος ἡμιόνων ᾇ τάχος O. 6.23

    ἐνυπνίῳ δ' ᾇ τάχιστα πιθέσθαι κελήσατο μιν (Kayser: δ' ἇ, δαί, δέ codd.) O. 13.79
    5 exx. where rel. conj. is postponed within rel cl. as second word, O. 1.12, O. 1.82, O. 2.8, O. 2.23, O. 2.74, O. 6.85, O. 8.76, P. 4.10, P. 4.246, P. 5.10, P. 5.41, P. 5.82, P. 6.50, P. 9.44, I. 1.13, I. 7.25, fr. 12, Πα.., Παρθ. 2. 71: as third word, O. 5.12, O. 9.34, P. 2.5, N. 3.22,

    Κρητ]ῶν μαιομένων ὃς ἀνα[ίνετο] αὐταρχεῖν Pae. 4.36

    as fourth word, or more,

    ὠκυπόρων ἀπὸ ναῶν ὅ σφιν ἐν πόντῳ βάλεθ' ἁλικίαν P. 1.74

    λέγονται μὰν βροτῶν ὄλβον

    ὑπέρτατον οἳ σχεῖν P. 3.89

    ἐσσόμενον προιδεῖν συγγενὲς οἷς ἕπεται N. 1.28

    τὰς δὲ Θεοξένου ἀκτῖνας πρὸς ὄσσων μαρμαρυζοίσας δρακεὶς ὃς μὴ πόθῳ κυμαίνεται fr. 123. 4.
    6 in crasis, v. οὕνεκεν.
    7 fragg. ]

    νοιον ἃ σοὶ σε[ Πα.. 1 ]οῦν οἳ Ζην[ Pae. 6.154

    ]υἱὸν ἔτι τέξει· τὸν απ[ Pae. 10.21

    ἐγχώριαι, [ἀγ]λαὸς ἃς ἐν' ἑρκε[ (ἆς = ἕως Wil.)

    Πα. 12. 2. τόν ποτε[ Pae. 22.9

    ]τοὶ πρόιδ[ο]ν αἶσαν α[ (καί]τοι Schr.) fr. 140a. 49 (23) ]αδις, οὕς οἱ[ (οἱ encl. post vocalem P. ponere solet, nott. Snell) fr. 169, 51. ὃς Δολόπων ἄγαγε θρασὺν ὅμιλον fr. 183. B demonstrative (ὁ, τοῦ, [τοῖο coni.], τῷ, τόν, τοί, οἱ, τῶν, τοῖς, τοῖσιν), τούς; ἁ, τᾶς coni., τᾷ, τάν, ταί, αἱ, ταῖς, τάς; τό, τοῦ, τό, τά, τῶν, τά: ὅς, I. 2.11, v. A. 1. a. supra.)
    a

    μέν... δέ. ἀλλὁ μὲν Πυθῶνάδ' ᾤχετ ἰὼν. ἁ δὲ τίκτε θεόφρονα κοῦρον O. 6.37

    —9. [ τὸ μὲν τὸ δὲ, v. infra 5a, O. 7.23]

    ἐδόκησαν τάμνειν τέλος, τοὶ μὲν γένει φίλῳ σὺν Ἀτρέος Ἑλέναν κομίζοντες, οἱ δ' ἀπὸ πάμπαν εἴργοντες O. 13.58

    —9. [ τὰ μὲν τὰ δὲ. v. infra 5b, P. 2.65]

    Ἀσκλαπιόν. τὸν μὲν εὐίππου Φλεγύα θυγάτηρ πρὶν τελέσαι, κατέβα. ἁ δ' ἄλλον αἴνησεν γάμον P. 3.8

    —12.

    τοὺς μὲν ὦν λύσαις ἄλλον ἀλλοίων ἀχέων ἔξαγεν τοὺς δὲ τομαῖς ἔστασεν ὀρθούς P. 3.47

    —53.

    τοὺς μὲν μαλακαῖς ἐπαοιδαῖς ἀμφέπων, τοὺς δὲ προσανέα πίνοντας P. 3.51

    —2.

    ἐν δ' αὖτε χρόνῳ τὸν μὲν ὀξείαισι θύγατρες ἐρήμωσαν πάθαις εὐφροσύνας μέρος αἱ τρεῖς τοῦ δὲ παῖς P. 3.97

    —100. [διδύμους υἱοὺς τὸν μὲν Ἐχίονα, κεχλάδοντας ἥβᾳ, τὸν δ' Ἔρυτον (v. C. 1. a infra) P. 4.179] [ τὸ μὲν τὸ δ. v. 5. a infra P. 11.63—4.]

    τὸ μὲν δώσει, τὸ δ' οὔπω P. 12.32

    δράκοντας. τοὶ μὲν ἐς θαλάμου μυχὸν εὐρὺν ἔβαν. ὁ δ' ὀρθὸν μὲν ἄντεινεν κάρα N. 1.41

    —3. φυᾷ δ' ἕκαστος διαφέρομεν βιο-

    τὰν λαχόντες, ὁ μὲν τά, τὰ δ' ἄλλοι N. 7.55

    μεταμειβόμενοι δ' ἐναλλὰξ ἁμέραν τὰν μὲν παρὰ πατρὶ φίλῳ Δὶ νέμονται, τὰν δ ὑπὸ κεύθεσι γαίας ἐν γυάλοις Θεράπνας N. 10.55

    —6.

    ἀλλὰ βροτῶν τὸν μὲν κενεόφρονες αὖχαι ἐξ ἀγαθῶν ἔβαλον· τὸν δ' αὖ καταμεμφθέντ ἄγαν ἰσχὺν οἰκείων παρέσφαλεν καλῶν θυμός N. 11.29

    —30. ]ναόν· τὸν μὲν Ὑπερβορ[έοις] ἄνεμος ζαμενὴς ἔμειξ[ ], ὦ Μοῖσαι· τοῦ δὲ παντέχ[νοις] Ἁφαίστου παλάμαις καὶ Ἀθά[νας] τίς ὁ ῥυθμὸς ἐφαίνετο; ( τοῦ coni. Hunt: τον Π.) Πα... ἁ μὲν ἀχέταν Λίνον αἴλινον ὕμνει, ἁ δὲ Ὑμέναιον. ἁ δ' Ἰάλεμον Θρ. 3.. καὶ τοὶ μὲν ἵπποις γυμνασίοισι λτ;τεγτ;, τοὶ δὲ πεσσοῖς, τοὶ δὲ φορμίγγεσσι τέρπονται Θρ. 7. 6.
    b with μέν only
    I in μέν... δέ construction.

    ἄνθεμα δὲ χρυσοῦ φλέγει, τὰ μὲν χερσόθεν ἀπ' ἀγλαῶν δενδρέων, ὕδωρ δ ἄλλα φέρβει O. 2.73

    τὰ μὲν ἁμετέρα γλῶσσα ποιμαίνειν ἐθέλει, ἐκ θεοῦ δ' ἀνὴρ σοφαῖς ἀνθεῖ πραπίδεσσιν ὁμοίως O. 11.8

    τῷ μὲν Ἀπόλλων ἅ τε Πυθὼ κῦδος ἐξ ἀμφικτιόνων ἔπορεν ἱπποδρομίας. ἀπὸ δ' αὐτὸν ἐγώ P. 4.66

    τὸν μὲν οὐ γίνωσκον· ὀπιζομένων δ' ἔμπας τις εἶπεν καὶ τόδε P. 4.86

    τοὶ μὲν ἀλλάλοισι ἀμειβόμενοι γάρυον τοιαῦτ. ἀνὰ δ P. 4.93

    [ τὸ μὲν ὅτι μάκαρ δὲ καὶ νῦν ὅτι v. 5. a. infra. P. 5.15]

    τὰ μὲν παρίκει· τῶν νῦν δὲ P. 6.44

    [ὡς τὸ μὲν οὐδέν, ὁ δὲ χάλκεος ἀσφαλὲς αἰὲν ἕδος μένει οὐρανός v. 5. a infra N. 6.3]

    τὸν μὲν ἡμέροις ἀνάγκας χερσὶ βαστάζεις ἕτερον δ' ἑτέραις N. 8.3

    τοὶ μὲν ὦν Θήβαισι τιμάεντες ἀρχᾶθεν λέγονται ὅσσα δ ( τοί refers to Kleonymidai, v. 4) I. 4.7παῖδα τὸν μὲν ἄρρηκτον φυάν, θυμὸς δ' ἑπέσθω” anacoluthon I. 6.47

    τὰν μὲν πόλιος ᾤκισσεν ἁγεμόνα. σὲ δ I. 8.19

    ἀλλὰ τὰ μὲν παύσατε. βροτέων δὲ λεχέων τύχοισα υἱὸν εἰσιδέτω θανόντI. 8.35

    καὶ τὸ μὲν διδότω θεός. [ὁ δ] ἐχθρὰ νοήσαις ἤδη φθόνος οἴχεται Pae. 2.53

    b in μέν... τε construction. [ τὸ μὲν ὅτι ὅτι τε v. 5. a. infra P. 2.31] [dub. N. 11.46]

    ἕλκεα ῥῆξαν τὰ μὲν ἀμφ' Ἀχιλεῖ νεοκτόνῳ, ἄλλων τε μόχθων ἐν πολυφθόροις ἁμέραις N. 8.30

    τὸ μὲν ἔλευσεν· ἴδον τ' ἄποπτα[ (τό = Medusa's head, Lobel: fort. adv.) *d. 4. 39.
    g in μέν... ἀτάρ construction.

    οἱ μὲν κρίθεν· ἀτὰρ Ἰάσων P. 4.168

    c with δέ only
    I in μέν... δέ construction.

    παρὰ μὲν τιμίοις θεῶν οἵτινες ἔχαιρον εὐορκίαις ἄδακρυν νέμονται αἰῶνα, τοὶ δ' ἀπροσόρατον ὀκχέοντι πόνον O. 2.67

    αἵ γε μὲν ἀνδρῶν πόλλ' ἄνω, τὰ δ αὖ κάτω κυλίνδοντ ἐλπίδες O. 12.6

    πολλὰ δ' ἀνθρώποις παρὰ γνώμαν ἔπεσεν, ἔμπαλιν μὲν τέρψιος, οἱ δ ἀνιαραῖς ἀντικύρσαντες ζάλαις O. 12.11

    πολλοῖσι μὲν γὰρ. τὰ δὲ καὶ ἀνδράσιν ἐμπρέπει P. 8.28

    θάνεν μὲν αὐτὸς ἥρως Ἀτρείδας, ὁ δ' ἄρα γέροντα ξένον Στροφίον ἐξίκετο P. 11.34

    πολλὰ μὲν γὰρ ἐν κονίᾳ χέρσῳ, τὰ δὲ γείτονι πόντῳ φάσομαι N. 9.43

    ὃς μὲν ἀχρήμων, ἀφνεὸς τότε, τοὶ δ' αὖ πλουτέοντες fr. 124. 8. ἄλλαν μὲν σκέλος, ἄλλαν δὲ πᾶχ[υν], τὰν δὲ αὐχένα φέροισαν fr. 169. 31. ἀελλοπόδων μέν τιν' εὐφραίνοισιν ἵππων τιμαὶ καὶ στέφανοι, τοὺς δ ἐν πολυχρύσοις θαλάμοις βιοτά fr. 221. 3.
    II

    ὁ δέ... ὁ δέ. ἀφίκοντο δέ οἱ ξένοι ἔκ τ Ἄργεος ἔκ τε Θηβᾶν, οἱ δ Ἄρκαδες, οἱ δὲ καὶ Πισᾶται O. 9.67

    —8.
    III

    ἄλλος δέ... ὁ δέ. ἄλλαι δὲ δὔἐν Κορίνθου πύλαις ἐγένοντ ἔπειτα χάρμαι, ταὶ δὲ καὶ Νεμέας Ἐφαρμόστῳ κατὰ κόλπον O. 9.87

    IV where a μέν antithesis is suppressed.

    διασωπάσομαι οἱ μόρον ἐγώ· τὸν δ' ἐν Οὐλύμπῳ φάτναι Ζηνὸς ἀρχαῖαι δέκονται O. 13.92

    ὁπόθ' Ἁρμονίαν γᾶμεν βοῶπιν, ὁ δὲ Νηρέος εὐβούλου Θέτιν παῖδα κλυτάν ( ὁ μὲν Κάδμος suppressed) P. 3.92

    Νεστόρειον γὰρ ἵππος ἅρμ' ἐπέδα. ὁ δ ἔφεπεν κραταιὸν ἔγχος P. 6.33

    νέᾳ δ' εὐπραγίᾳ χαίρω τι· τὸ δ ἄχνυμαι, φθόνον ἀμειβόμενον τὰ καλὰ ἔργα P. 7.18

    Ἀγρέα καὶ Νόμιον, τοῖς δ' Ἀρισταῖον καλεῖν P. 9.65

    πολλὰ γάρ μιν παντὶ θυμῷ παρφαμένα λιτάνευεν. τοῖο δ' ὀργὰν κνίζον αἰπεινοὶ λόγοι (Hermann: τοῦ δὲ codd.: τοῖο refers to μιν) N. 5.32

    αὐτίκα γὰρ ἦλθε Λήδας παῖς διώκων. τοὶ δ' ἐναντίον στάθεν N. 10.66

    ἄραντο γὰρ νίκας ἀπὸ παγκρατίου τρεῖς ἀπ' Ἰσθμοῦ, τὰς δ ἀπ εὐφύλλου Νεμέας I. 6.61

    ἐλάφῳ· τὰν δ' ἐπ αὐχένι στρέφοισαν κάρα *fr. 107a. 6*. irregularly coordinated with rel., νίκαις, αἷς ἐν ἀιόνεσσιν Ὀγχη[στοῦ κλυ]τᾶς ταῖς δὲ ναὸν Ἰτωνίας α[ ]α χαίταν στεφάνοις ἐκόσμηθεν Παρθ. 2. 47. esp. after a speech, cf. Führer, Formproblem, 41—4,

    ὣς ἄρα μάνυε· τοὶ δ' οὔτ ὦν ἀκοῦσαι O. 6.52

    τὸν δὲ θαρσήσαις ἀγανοῖσι λόγοις ὧδ' ἀμείφθη ( ὣς μὲν ἔφα suppressed) P. 4.101

    τὸν δὲ Κένταυρος ζαμενὴς εὐθὺς ἀμείβετο P. 9.38

    τὸ δ' ἐναντίον ἔσκεν N. 5.31

    ὣς φάτο· τοὶ δ' ἐπὶ γλεφάροις νεῦσαν ἀθανάτοισιν I. 8.45

    d followed by progressive μέν, emphasising esp. subject of preceding sentence.

    τῷ μὲν ειλτ;γτ;πε O. 1.73

    τὸν μὲν ἀγάλλων θεὸς ἔδωκεν O. 1.86

    τᾷ μὲν ὁ Χρυσοκόμας πραύμητίν τ' Ἐλείθυιαν παρέστασ O. 6.41

    τὸν μὲν κνιζομένα λεῖπε χαμαί O. 6.44

    τῷ μὲν ὁ Χρυσοκόμας πλόον εἶπε O. 7.32

    τοῖσι μὲν ἐξεύχετ O. 13.60

    τῷ μὲν διδύμας χάριτας εἰ κατέβαν ἄγων P. 3.72

    ἓν παρ' ἐσλὸν πήματα σύνδυο δαίονται βροτοῖς ἀθάνατοι. τὰ μὲν ὦν οὐ δύνανται νήπιοι κόσμῳ φέρειν (but perhaps τά refers to the general distribution of good and ill) P. 3.82φῶτα. τὸν μὲν Φοῖβος ἀμνάσειP. 4.53

    ὣς φάτο· τὸν μὲν ἐσελθόντ' ἔγνον ὀφθαλμοὶ πατρός P. 4.120

    ἀλλὰ καὶ σκᾶπτον μόναρχον καὶ θρόνος, τὰ μὲν ἄνευ ξυνᾶς ἀνίας λῦσονP. 4.154 τῶν μὲν κλέος ἐσλὸν Εὐφάμου τ' ἐκράνθη σόν τε, ΠερικλύμενP. 4.174

    Κυράναν. ἁ μὲν οὔθ' ἱστῶν παλιμβάμους ἐφίλησεν ὁδούς P. 9.18

    ὁ μέν που τεοῖς τε μήδεσι τοῦτ' ἔπραξεν, τὸ δὲ συγγενὲς ἐμβέβακεν ἴχνεσιν πατρὸς (Tricl.: τεοῖσί τε codd.: τε del. Calliergus sec. Σ: refers to αὐτόν v. 8: perhaps ὁ μέν τὸ δέ is the correct antithesis) P. 10.11 τῷ μὲν Ἀλεκτρᾶν ὕπερθεν δαῖτα

    πορσύνοντες αὔξομεν I. 4.61

    τὸν μὲν κελήσατο νεκταρέαις σπονδαῖσιν ἄρξαι καρτεραίχμαν Ἀμφιτρυωνιάδαν I. 6.37

    τοῦ μὲν ἀντίθεοι ἀρίστευον υἱέες I. 8.24

    τὸν μὲν οὐδὲ θανόντ' ἀοιδαὶ ἔλιπον I. 8.56

    τὸν μὲν οὐ κατελέγχει κριτοῦ γενεὰ πατραδελφεοῦ I. 8.65

    adv. τὰ μέν, v. P. 11.46, N. 3.43, 5. b infra.
    e followed by progressive δέ, emphasising some previous word(s) not normally subject of the preceding sentence.

    Εὐρυτρίαιναν· ὁ δ' αὐτῷ πὰρ ποδὶ σχεδὸν φάνη O. 1.73

    ἐπί οἱ νεφέλαν ἀγκύλῳ κρατὶ κατέχευας· ὁ δὲ κνώσσων ὑγρὸν νῶτον αἰωρεῖ P. 1.8

    ( θεραπόντεσσιν.) “ τῶν δ' ἐλάθοντο φρένεςP. 4.41 ( συγγενέσιν.)

    οἱ δ' ἐπέσποντ P. 4.133

    τῶν δ' ἀκούσαις αὐτὸς ὑπαντίασεν (where τῶν refers to the subject of the preceding sentence) P. 4.135 τὰ δ' οὐκ ἐπ ἀνδράσι κεῖται (where τά refers to ἐσλά v. 73) P. 8.76

    ὁ δὲ τὰν εὐώλενον θρέψατο παῖδα Κυράναν P. 9.17

    ( ὥραισι καὶ Γαίᾳ.)

    ταὶ δ' νέκταρ ἐν χείλεσσιν καὶ ἀμβροσίαν στάξοισι P. 9.62

    ἢ ἑτέρῳ λέχει δαμαζομέναν ἔννυχοι πάραγον κοῖται; τὸ δὲ νέαις ἀλόχοις ἔχθιστον ἀμπλάκιον (τὸ = τοῦτο, summing up the previous sentence) P. 11.25 ( Τειρεσίαν.)

    ὁ δέ οἱ φράζε καὶ παντὶ στρατῷ N. 1.61

    ( Μοισᾶν.)

    αἱ δὲ πρώτιστον μὲν ὕμνησαν N. 5.25

    ( Νεοπτόλεμος.)

    ὁ δ' ἀποπλέων Σκύρου μὲν ἅμαρτε N. 7.36

    θρέψε δ' αἰχμὰν Ἀμφιτρύωνος. ὁ δ ὄλβῳ φέρτατος ἵκετ ἐς κείνου γενεάν ( is referred variously to Zeus and Amphitryon) N. 10.13 ἄνδωκε δ' αὐτῷ Τελαμών, ὀ δ ἀνατείναις οὐρανῷ χεῖρας ἀμάχους αὔδασε ( refers to αὐτῷ) I. 6.41 ( Θέμιν.) ἁ δὲ τίκτεν ἀλαθέας ὥρας (but perhaps δὲ balances μέν v. 1) fr. 30. 6. ὁ δὲ κηλεῖται Δ. 2. 21. ἁ δ' ἔργμασι[ Παρθ. 2.. ὁ δ ἄφ[αρ π]λεκτόν τε χαλκὸν ὑπερη[ (i. e. ?Herakles, who is the subject of the verb in v. 21) fr. 169. 26. τοὶ δ' αὐτ[ ?fr. 338. 9.
    f exx. with μέν... δέ, where the connection is obscured by lacuna. τοὶ δ' ἐπίμπλαν ἐσσύμενοι πίθους (? μέν suppressed) *fr. 104b. 3* δελφῖνος, τὸν μὲν ἀκύμονος ἐν πόντου πελάγει αὐλῶν ἐκίνησ' ἐρατὸν μέλος (?rel.) fr. 140b. 16. οἱ μὲν κατωκάρα δεσμοῖσι δέδενται fr. 161.
    g combined with γάρ. ( παισὶ Λήδας.)

    τοῖς γὰρ ἐπέτραπεν Οὔλυμπόνδ' ἰὼν θαητὸν ἀγῶνα νέμειν O. 3.36

    ( Κόρινθον.)

    ἐν τᾷ γὰρ Εὐνομία ναίει O. 13.6

    ( Κάστορος.)

    τὸν γὰρ Ἴδας ἔτρωσεν N. 10.60

    αἰῶνος εἴδωλον (nom.). τὸ γάρ ἐστι ἐκ θεῶν fr. 131b. 2.
    h combined with καί. εὐναὶ δὲ παράτροποι ἐς κακότατ' ἀθρόαν ἔβαλον· ποτὶ καὶ τὸν ἵκοντ ( ποτὶ τὸν καὶ coni. Mommsen) P. 2.36 esp. with general reference to preceding, τὸ καὶ ἀνδρὶ κώμου δεσπότᾳ πάρεστι Συρακοσίῳ (i. e. τὸ ἐπὶ Ἀμφιαράου ῥηθέν Σ.) O. 6.17

    ἰατὰ δ' ἐστὶ βροτοῖς σύν γ ἐλευθερίᾳ καὶ τά I. 8.15

    ἔδοξ' ἦρα καὶ ἀθανάτοις, ἐσλόν γε φῶτα καὶ φθίμενον ὕμνοις θεᾶν διδόμεν. τὸ καὶ νῦν φέρει λόγον I. 8.61

    cf. O. 6.56
    i combined with

    καί... γάρ. καὶ τοὶ γὰρ αἰθοίσας ἔχοντες σπέρμ' ἀνέβαν φλογὸς οὔ O. 7.48

    j followed by

    γε. περὶ δὲ πάξαις Ἄλτιν μὲν ὅγ' ἐν καθαρῷ διέκρινε O. 10.45

    τὸν δὲ τετράκναμον ἔπραξε δεσμὸν ἑὸν ὄλεθρον ὅγ P. 2.41

    [ τό γ' ἐπαρκέσαι (codd.: ὅ, τέ, σέ coni. edd.) N. 6.60]
    2 without particle.

    Πηλεύς τε καὶ Κάδμος ἐν τοῖσιν ἀλέγονται O. 2.78

    τὰν μεθέπων ἴδε καὶ κείναν χθόνα O. 3.31

    ἐθελήσω τοῖσιν ἐξ ἀρχᾶς ἀπὸ Τλαπολέμου ξυνὸν ἀγγέλλων διορθῶσαι λόγον O. 7.20

    ἀέθλοις. τῶν ἄνθεσι Διαγόρας ἐστεφανώσατο δίς O. 7.80

    τοὺς ἀγαγὼν ζεύγλᾳ πέλασσεν μοῦνος P. 4.227

    Διὸς ἀγῶνι. τόν, ὦ πολῖται, κωμάξατε Τιμοδήμῳ σὺν εὐκλέι νόστῳ N. 2.24

    τὸν ἐθάμβεον Ἄρτεμίς τε καὶ θρασεἶ Ἀθάνα ( τόν = Jason, subj. of preceding sentence) N. 3.50 ( ῥῆμα.) τό μοι θέμεν

    ὕμνου προκώμιον εἴη N. 4.9

    ἐλᾷ δὲ καὶ τέσσαρας ἀρετὰς ὁ θνατὸς αἰών, φρονεῖν δ' ἐνέπει τὸ παρκείμενον. τῶν οὐκ ἄπεσσι ( τῶν is referred by Σ, edd. to ἀρετάς, but should be considered as neuter) N. 3.76 Τηλεβόας ἔναρεν· τῷ ὄψιν ἐειδόμενος ἀθανάτων βασιλεὺς αὐλὰν ἐσῆλθεν (Mingarelli: ἔναιρεν· τί οἱ codd.: τῷ = Amphitryon) N. 10.15

    οὐ γὰρ ἦν πενταέθλιον, ἀλλ' ἐφ ἑκάστῳ ἔργματι κεῖτο τέλος. τῶν ἀθρόοις ἀνδησάμενοι θαμάκις ἔρνεσιν χαίταις ῥεέθροισί τε Δίρκας ἔφανεν I. 1.28

    λέγε, τίνες Κύκνον, τίνες Ἕκτορα πέφνον ; τοῖσιν Αἴγιναν προφέρει στόμα πάτραν I. 5.43

    ( νιν).

    τὸν αἰνεῖν ἀγαθῷ παρέχει I. 8.69

    ( τοκεῦσιν.)

    τοὶ σὺν πολέμῳ κτησάμενοι χθόνα πολύδωρον ὄλβον ἐγκατέθηκαν Pae. 2.59

    πεφόρητο δ' ἐπ Αἰγαῖον θαμά (sc. Ἀστερία· τᾶς ὁ κράτιστος ἐράσσατο. (ἇς = ἕως coni. G-H.) Πα. 7B. 50. ( Ἀφροδίτας.) ἀλλ' ἐγὼ τᾶς ἕκατι τάκομαι (Wil.: τᾶσδ Hermann: δεκατιτας codd.) fr. 123. 10. τοῖσι λάμπει μὲν μένος ἀελίου Θρ. 7. 1. with crasis, τοὔνεκα προῆκαν υἱὸν ἀθάνατοί οἱ πάλιν therefore O. 1.65
    3 prospective, referring to a following rel. cl.

    μῶμος ἐξ ἄλλων κρέμαται φθονεόντων τοῖς, οἷς ποτε O. 6.75

    ὁ δ' ὄλβιος, ὃν φᾶμαι κατέχωντ ἀγαθαί O. 7.10

    τοὺς μὲν ὦν, ὅσσοι μόλον, λύσαις ἄλλον ἀλλοίων ἀχέων ἔξαγεν P. 3.47

    cf. P. 7.18 λόγον φέρεις, τὸν ὅνπερ ποτ' Ὀικλέος παῖς ἐν ἑπταπύλοις ἰδὼν υἱοὺς Θήβαις αἰνίξατο (cf. C. 6. infra) P. 8.39
    4 τὰ καὶ τά, simm. ὁ μὰν πλοῦτος ἀρεταῖς δεδαιδαλμένος φέρει τῶν τε καὶ τῶν καιρὸν (τά τε ἀγαθὰ καὶ τὰ κακά Σ.) O. 2.53 ὁ Βάττου δ' ἕπεται παλαιὸς ὄλβος ἔμπαν τὰ καὶ τὰ νέμων ( τουτέστι τὰ ἀγαθὰ καὶ τὰ κακά Σ, but perhaps varied blessings is meant) P. 5.55 φαντί γε μὰν οὕτω κ' ἀνδρὶ παρμονίμαν θάλλοισαν εὐδαιμονίαν τὰ καὶ τὰ φέρεσθαι (ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀγαθὰ καὶ κακά Σ.) P. 7.22 σέο δ' ἀμφὶ τρόπῳ τῶν τε καὶ τῶν χρήσιες ( καὶ λόγων καὶ ἔργων Σ.) N. 1.30 ἔστιν δ' ἀφάνεια τύχας καὶ μαρναμένων, πρὶν τέλος ἄκρον ἱκέσθαι. τῶν τε γὰρ καὶ τῶν διδοῖ (ἄλλα γὰρ ἄλλοις ἡ τύχη δίδωσι Σ.) I. 4.33 Ζεὺς τά τε καὶ τὰ νέμει (καὶ τὰ ἀγαθὰ καὶ τὰ φαῦλα Σ.) I. 5.52

    ὁ πάντα τοι τά τε καὶ τὰ τεύχων σόν ἐγγυάλιξεν ὄλβον εὐρύοπα Κρόνου παῖς Pae. 6.132

    5 adverbial usages.
    a τό. ἴων ἀκτῖσι βεβρεγμένος ἁβρὸν σῶμα· τὸ καὶ κατεφάμιξε καλεῖσθαί νιν χρόνῳ σύμπαντι μάτηρ τοῦτ' ὄνυμ ἀθάνατον wherefore O. 6.56 τὸ μὲν γὰρ πατρόθεν ἐκ Διὸς εὔχονται. τὸ δ' Ἀμυντορίδαι ματρόθεν Ἀστυδαμείας on the one side... on the other O. 7.23

    αἱ δύο δ' ἀμπλακίαι φερέπονοι τελέθοντι· τὸ μὲν ἥρως ὅτι, ὅτι τε P. 2.31

    τὸ μὲν, ὅτι βασιλεὺς ἐσσί. μάκαρ δὲ καὶ νῦν, ὅτι in the first place P. 5.15 τό σφ' ἔχει κυπαρίσσινον μέλαθρον ἀμφ ἀνδριάντι σχεδόν ( wherefore: others interpret τό as rel.) P. 5.39 υἱοὶ θεῶν, τὸ μὲν παρ' ἆμαρ ἕδραισι Θεράπνας, τὸ δ οἰκέοντας ἔνδον Ὀλύμπου at one time... at another P. 11.63—4.

    ὡς τὸ μὲν οὐδέν, ὁ δὲ χάλκεος ἀσφαλὲς αἰὲν ἕδος μένει οὐρανός N. 6.3

    [ τὸ μὲν. v. B. 1. b. β, Δ.. 3.] τὸ δὲ κοι[ Θρ. 3. 4.
    b τά. τὰ δὲ Παρρασίῳ στρατῷ θαυμαστὸς ἐὼν φάνη then again O. 9.95 τὰ δὲ καί ποτ' ἐν ἀλκᾷ πρὸ Δαρδάνου τειχέων ἐδόκησαν then again O. 13.55 ὅθεν φαμὶ καὶ σὲ τὰν ἀπείρονα δόξαν εὑρεῖν τὰ μὲν ἐν ἱπποσόαισιν ἄνδρεσσι μαρνάμενον, τὰ δ' ἐν πεζομάχαισι sometimes... sometimes P. 2.65 τὰ δὲ καὶ ἀνδράσιν ἐμπρέπει then again P. 8.28 τὰ μὲν ἐν ἅρμασι καλλίνικοι πάλαι on the one hand i. e. as opp. to their exploits in athletics P. 11.46 Ἀχιλεὺς τὰ μὲν μένων Φιλύρας ἐν δόμοις at first N. 3.43 ἐν βάσσαισιν Ἰσθμοῦ δεξαμένῳ στεφάνους, τὰ δὲ κοίλᾳ λέοντος ἐν βαθυστέρνου νάπᾳ κάρυξε Θήβαν ἱπποδρομίᾳ κρατέων ( and further, μὲν being suppressed) I. 2.11
    c τῶ, v. τῶ.
    6 fragg.

    τοὶ τα[ Pae. 6.70

    ὁ δ' ἀντίον ἀνὰ κάρα τ ἄειρ[ε Pae. 20.10

    ὁ δ ἐπραυν[ε fr. 215b. 4. οἱ δ' ἄφνει πεποίθασιν ( ὁ δ' πέποιθεν v. l.) fr. 219. C articular. (ὁ, τοῦ, τόν, οἱ, τῶν; ἁ, τᾶς, τᾷ, τάν, αἱ, ταί, τᾶν, ταῖς, τάς; τό nom., acc.; τά, τῶν, τά: in crasis O. 1.45, O. 13.38, N. 7.104; O. 10.70, I. 2.10)
    1 c. subs. prop.
    a

    τᾶν Ὀλυμπιάδων O. 1.94

    ἅ τε Πίσα O. 3.9

    τᾶν κλεινᾶν Συρακοσσᾶν O. 6.6

    ὁ Χρυσοκόμας O. 6.41

    , O. 7.32

    ὅ τ' ἐξελέγχων μόνος ἀλάθειαν ἐτήτυμον Χρόνος O. 10.53

    τὰν ὀλβίαν Κόρινθον O. 13.4

    τὰν πατρὸς ἀντία Μήδειαν θεμέναν γάμον αὐτᾷ O. 13.53

    τᾶς ὀφιώδεος υἱόν ποτε Γοργόνος O. 13.64

    ὁ καρτερὸς Βελλεροφόντας O. 13.84

    ἅ τ' Ἐλευσίς, ἅ τ Εὔβοια O. 13.110

    ἁ Μινύεια O. 14.19

    τᾶν λιπαρᾶν ἀπὸ Θηβᾶν P. 2.3

    ὅ τ' ἐναγώνιος Ἑρμᾶς P. 2.10

    ὁ χρυσοχαῖτα Ἀπόλλων P. 2.16

    τὸ Καστόρειον P. 2.69

    ὁ δὲ Ῥαδάμανθυς P. 2.73

    ἅ τε Πυθώ P. 4.66

    τὸν μὲν Ἐχίονα τὸν δ' Ἔρυτον (contra Des Places, 44) P. 4.179

    τᾶς εὐδαίμονος ἀμφὶ Κυράνας P. 4.276

    αἱ μεγαλοπόλιες Ἀθᾶναι P. 7.1

    ὁ χαιτάεις Λατοίδας P. 9.5

    τὸ Πελινναῖον ἀπύει P. 10.4

    τὸν Ἱπποκλέαν P. 10.57

    τὸν Ἰφικλείδαν Ἰόλαον P. 11.59

    ταῖς μεγάλαις Ἀθάναις N. 2.8

    ἁ Σαλαμίς γε N. 2.13

    τὸν μέγαν πολεμιστὰν Ἀλκυονῆ N. 4.27

    ἁ Νεμέα μὲν ἄραρεν N. 5.44

    διὰ τὸν ἁδυεπῆ γενέσθ' Ὅμηρον N. 7.21

    ὁ καρτερὸς Αἴας N. 7.26

    τὰν νεοκτίσταν ἐς Αἴτναν N. 9.2

    ἐκ τᾶς ἱερᾶς Σικυῶνος N. 9.53

    ὁ Τυνδαρίδας N. 10.73

    τὸν ἀκερσεκόμαν Φοῖβον I. 1.7

    ἁ Μοῖσα γὰρ I. 2.6

    ταῖς λιπαραῖς ἐν Ἀθάναις I. 2.20

    τὰν πυροφόρον Λιβύαν I. 4.54

    τὰν κυανάμπυκα Θήβαν fr. 29. 3. ἁ Κοιογενὴς fr. 33d. 3.

    ὁ παντελὴς Ἐνιαυτὸς Pae. 1.5

    ἀλλ' ὅ γε Μέλαμπος Pae. 6.28

    ἐς τὸν βαθὺν Τάρταρον Pae. 4.44

    ὁ πόντιος Ὀρσιτρίαινα Pae. 9.47

    ἐν ταῖς ἱεραῖς Ἀθάναις fr. 75. 4. ὦ ταὶ λιπαραὶ καὶ ἰοστέφανοι καὶ ἀοίδιμοι, Ἑλλάδος ἔρεισμα, κλειναὶ Ἀθᾶναι fr. 76. 1. τὰν λιπαρὰν μὲν Αἴγυπτον ἀγχίκρημνον fr. 82. ὁ [Λοξ]ίας Παρθ. 2. 3. ὁ Μοισαγέτας με καλεῖ χορεῦσαι Ἀπόλλων fr. 94c. 1. ἀπὸ τᾶς ἀγλαοκάρπου Σικελίας ( τᾶς del. Schr.) fr. 106. 6. τῶ[ν..Λο]κρῶν τις (supp. Wil.) fr. 140b. 4.
    b c. subs., in apposition to subs. prop.

    Χρόνος, ὁ πάντων πατήρ O. 2.17

    Μήδειαν τὰν Πελίαο φονόν P. 4.250

    Ζεὺς ὁ θεῶν σκοπὸς Pae. 6.94

    Νηρεὺς δ' ὁ γέρων Pae. 15.4

    Νόμος ὁ πάντων βασιλεύς fr. 169. 1.
    c c. gen., sc.

    υἱός. τὸν Αἰνησιδάμου O. 2.46

    Σᾶμος ὁ Ἁλιροθίου (Boeckh: om. codd.) O. 10.70

    βία Φώκου κρέοντος, ὁ τᾶς θεοῦ N. 5.13

    d c. gen., in apposition.

    πόσις ὁ πάντων Ῥέας ὑπέρτατον ἐχοίσας θρόνον O. 2.77

    παῖς ὁ Λατοῦς O. 8.31

    παῖς ὁ Λικυμνίου Οἰωνός O. 10.65

    παῖς ὁ Θεαρίωνος Σωγένης N. 7.7

    2 c. subs.
    a

    ὁ δὲ χρυσὸς O. 1.1

    τὸ δὲ κλέος O. 1.93

    ὁ μὰν πλοῦτος O. 2.53

    τῶν δὲ μόχθων O. 8.7

    ὁ δὲ λόγος P. 1.35

    τὸν εὐεργέταν P. 2.24

    ἁ δ' ἀρετὰ P. 3.114

    ὁ γὰρ καιρὸς P. 4.286

    ὁ πλοῦτος P. 5.1

    τὸν εὐεργέταν P. 5.44

    ὁ χρυσὸς N. 4.82

    τᾶς θεοῦ N. 5.13

    εἰ γὰρ ἦν ἓ τὰν ἀλάθειαν ἰδέμεν (Boeckh: ἑὰν, ἐὰν codd., Σ.) N. 7.25

    ὁ μάρτυς N. 7.49

    ἁ κέλευθος I. 2.33

    ὁ κινητὴρ δὲ γᾶς I. 4.19

    τίς ὁ ῥυθμὸς ἐφαίνετο; Pae. 8.67

    τὰν παῖδα δε[ Πα. 22.i. 2. ἕρπε τὸ σὰν κίβδηλον Δ. 2. 2. τὸ δ' ὄργανον (acc.) *fr. 107b. 2* Διὸς παῖς ὁ χρυσός fr. 222. 1. ἁ μὲν πόλις Αἰακιδᾶν fr. 242.
    b with intervening adj.

    ὁ πολύφατος ὕμνος O. 1.8

    ὁ μέγας δὲ κίνδυνος O. 1.81

    τὸν ἀλαθῆ λόγον O. 1.28

    τὸν εὐνομώτατον ἐς ἔρανον O. 1.37

    τὸ δ' αἰεὶ παράμερον ἐσλὸν O. 1.99

    τὸν ὅλον ἀμφὶ χρόνον O. 2.30

    τὸν εὔφρονα πότμον O. 2.36

    τὰν σὰν πόλιν O. 5.4

    τὰν νέοικον ἕδραν O. 5.8

    τὰν ποντίαν ὑμνέων παῖδ' Ἀφροδίτας O. 7.13

    ὁ δ' ἐπαντέλλων χρόνος O. 8.28

    ὁ μέλλων χρόνος O. 10.7

    τὸν ἐγκώμιον ἀμφὶ τρόπον O. 10.77

    τὸ συγγενὲς ἦθος O. 13.13

    τὰ πολλὰ βέλεα O. 13.95

    τὸν αἰχματὰν

    κεραυνὸν P. 1.5

    ὁ πᾶς χρόνος P. 1.46

    τὸν προσέρποντα χρόνον P. 1.56

    ὁ Φοίνιξ ὁ Τυρσανῶν τ' ἀλαλατὸς P. 1.72

    τὰν εὔυδρον ἀκτὰν P. 1.79

    αἱ δύο δ' ἀμπλακίαι P. 2.30

    τὸν δὲ τετράκναμον δεσμὸν P. 2.40

    τὰν πολύκοινον ἀγγελίαν P. 2.41

    τὰν ἀπείρονα δόξαν P. 2.64

    ὁ λάβρος στρατός P. 2.87

    τὰν δ' ἔμπρακτον ἄντλει μαχανάν P. 3.62

    ὁ μέγας πότμος P. 3.86

    τὸ πάγχρυσον νάκος acc. P. 4.68

    τὸν δὲ παμπειθῆ γλυκὺν πόθον P. 4.184

    τὰν ἀκίνδυνον αἰῶνα P. 4.186

    τὸ κλεεννότατον μέγαρον (nom.) P. 4.280

    τὰν θεόσδοτον δύναμιν P. 5.13

    αὐτοῦ μένων δ' ὁ θεῖος ἀνὴρ P. 6.38

    τὰ καλὰ ἔργα P. 7.19

    ὁ Παρνάσσιος μυχὸς P. 10.8

    ὁ χάλκεος οὐρανὸς P. 10.27

    τό τ' ἀναγκαῖον λέχος acc. P. 12.15 [ τὸν ἐχθρότατον μόρον codd. N. 1.65]

    τὸν ἅπαντα χρόνον N. 1.69

    ὁ θνατὸς αἰών ( om. codd.: supp. Tricl.) N. 3.75

    αἱ δὲ σοφαὶ Μοισᾶν θύγατρες N. 4.2

    τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἐργμάτων N. 4.83

    Μοισᾶν ὁ κάλλιστος χορός N. 5.23

    τὰ καλά σφιν ἔργ' ἐκόμισαν N. 6.30

    ταὶ μεγάλαι γὰρ ἀλκαὶ N. 7.12

    τὰ τέρπν' ἄνθἐ Ἀφροδίσια acc. N. 7.53

    τῶν ἀρειόνων ἐρώτων N. 8.5

    τὸ κρατήσιππον γὰρ ἐς ἅρμ' ἀναβαίνων N. 9.4

    τὰν βαθύστερνον χθόνα N. 9.25

    Ἥρας τὸν εὐάνορα λαὸν N. 10.36

    τὸ θαητὸν δέμας acc. N. 11.12

    τὸν μόρσιμον αἰῶνα I. 7.41

    τὸ πάντολμον σθένος acc. fr. 29. 4.

    τὸν εὐρυφαρέτραν ἑκαβόλον Pae. 6.111

    τὰν θεμίξενον ἀρετάν Pae. 6.131

    ὁ παγκρατὴς κεραυνὸς Δ. 2. 1. τᾶν τ' ἐαριδρόπων ἀοιδᾶν fr. 75. 6. ἐπὶ τὸν κισσοδαῆ θεόν ( τὸν om. unus cod., fort. recte) fr. 75. 9. τὸν ἱρόθυτον θάνατον (verba secl. Sternbach) fr. 78. 3. τὸ σὸν αὐτοῦ μέλι γλάζεις (Wil.: τὸ σαυτου, τὸ σαυτα μέλος codd.) fr. 97. τὸ φαιδρὸν φάος acc. fr. 109. 2. τᾶς χλωρᾶς λιβάνου (Tittmann: τὰν, τὰς codd.) fr. 122. 3. τὸν λοιπὸν χρόνον fr. 133. 5. ταῖς ἱεραῖσι μελίσσαις fr. 158. τὸν ἀχρεῖον λόγον fr. 180. 1. ὁ κρατιστεύων λόγος fr. 180. 3.
    c with intervening phrase, e. g. gen.

    μετὰ τὸ ταχύποτμον ἀνέρων ἔθνος O. 1.66

    μνᾶμα τῶν Οὐλυμπίᾳ κάλλιστον ἀέθλων O. 3.15

    παρὰ τὸν ἁλικίας ἐοικότα χρόνονO. 4.27

    αἱ δὲ φρενῶν ταραχαὶ O. 7.30

    ὀξειᾶν ὁ γενέθλιος ἀκτίνων πατὴρ O. 7.70

    ὅ τ' ἐν Ἄργει χαλκὸς ἔγνω μιν O. 7.83

    [ τὰν δ' ἔπειτ ἀνδρῶν μάχαν (codd.: μάχας Schr.) O. 8.58]

    τὸ μὲν Ἀρχιλόχου μέλος O. 9.1

    τὸν Ὀλυμπιονίκαν Ἀρχεστράτου παῖδα O. 10.1

    ὁ δ' ἄῤ ἐν Πίσᾳ ἔλσαις ὅλον τε στρατὸν λᾴαν τε πᾶσαν Διὸς ἄλκιμος υἱὸς O. 10.43

    τὸ δὲ κύκλῳ πέδον O. 10.46

    τὰν πολέμοιο δόσιν O. 10.56

    τὰν παρ' ὅρκον καὶ παρὰ ἐλπίδα κτίσιν O. 13.83

    ταί θ' ὑπ Αἴτνας ὑψιλόφου καλλίπλουτοι πόλιες O. 13.111

    ταί θ' ὑπὲρ Κύμας ἁλιερκέες ὄχθαι P. 1.18

    τὰν Φιλοκτήταο δίκαν P. 1.50

    ὁ Φοίνιξ ὁ Τυρσανῶν τ' ἀλαλατὸς P. 1.72

    τᾶν πρὸ Κιθαιρῶνος μαχᾶν (Wil.: τὰν μάχαν codd.) P. 1.77

    τὸν δὲ ταύρῳ χαλκέῳ καυτῆρα νηλέα νόον Φάλαριν P. 1.95

    τὸν δ' ἀμφέποντ αἰεὶ δαίμον P. 3.108

    τὸ Μηδείας ἔπος P. 4.9

    τᾶν ἐν δυνατῷ φιλοτάτωνP. 4.92

    τὰν Οἰδιπόδα σοφίαν P. 4.263

    οὐ τὰν Ἐπιμηθέος ἄγων ὀψινόου θυγατέρα Πρόφασιν P. 5.27

    τὸ καλλίνικον λυτήριον δαπανᾶν μέλος χαρίεν P. 5.106

    ἁ δικαιόπολις ἀρεταῖς κλειναῖσιν Αἰακιδᾶν θιγοῖσα νᾶσος P. 8.22

    τὸν δὲ σύγκοιτον γλυκὺν παῦρον ἐπὶ γλεφάροις ὕπνον ἀναλίσκοισα P. 9.23

    τᾷ Δαιδάλου δὲ μαχαίρᾳ N. 4.59

    ὁ δὲ λοιπὸς εὔφρων ποτὶ χρόνος ἕρποι N. 7.67

    τὸ δ' ἐμὸν οὔ ποτε φάσει κέαρ N. 7.102

    οἵ τ' ἀνὰ Σπάρταν Πελοπηιάδαι N. 8.12

    ταῖς Ἐπάφου παλάμαις N. 10.5

    καὶ τὸν Ἰσθμοῖ καὶ Νεμέᾳ στέφανον N. 10.25

    τὸ δὲ Πεισάνδρου πάλαι αἷμ acc. N. 9.33 τὸ τεόν, χρύσασπι Θήβα, πρᾶγμα acc. I. 1.1

    τὰν ἁλιερκέα Ἰσθμοῦ δειράδ I. 1.9

    τεύχων τὸ μὲν ἅρματι τεθρίππῳ γέρας. τὰν Ἀσωποδώρου πατρὸς αἶσαν I. 1.34

    τὸν Μινύα τε μυχόν I. 1.56

    τὸ Δάματρος κλυτὸν ἄλσος Ἐλευσῖνα acc. I. 1.57

    Πρωτεσίλα, τὸ τεὸν δ' ἀνδρῶν Ἀχαιῶν ἐν Φυλάκᾳ τέμενος συμβάλλομαι I. 1.58

    οἱ μὲν πάλαι, ὦ Θρασύβουλε, φῶτες I. 2.1

    νῦν δ' ἐφίητι λτ;τὸγτ; τὠργείου φυλάξαι ῥῆμ (supp. Heyne: om. codd.) I. 2.9

    τὸ δ' ἐμὸν οὐκ ἄτερ Αἰακιδᾶν κέαρ ὕμνων γεύεται I. 5.19

    ὁ Κλεονίκου παῖς I. 6.16

    καὶ τὸν βουβόταν οὔρει ἴσον Φλέγραισιν εὑρὼν Ἀλκυονῆ I. 6.32

    τὸν Ἀργείων τρόπον I. 6.58

    τὰν Ψαλυχιδᾶν τε πάτραν I. 6.63

    τόν δὲ Θεμιστίου ὀρθώσαντες οἶκον I. 6.65

    τίνι τῶν πάρος, ὦ μάκαιρα Θήβα, καλῶν ἐπιχωρίων I. 7.1

    ὅ τοι πτερόεις ἔρριψε Πάγασος I. 7.44

    τὸν ὑπὲρ κεφαλᾶς γε Ταντάλου λίθον I. 8.9

    τὰν Ἀγαμήδει Τρεφωνίῳ θ' ἑκαταβόλου συμβουλίαν λαβών fr. 2. 2. τὰν Διωνύσου πολυγαθέα τιμὰν fr. 29. 5. ἄνακτα τὸν πάντων ὑπερβάλλοντα Χρόνον μακάρων fr. 33. τὸ μηδὲν ἄγαν ἔπος acc. fr. 35b. τὸν τρικάρανον Πτωίου κευθμῶνα κατέσχεθε fr. 51b.

    τὰν δὲ λαῶν γενεὰν Pae. 1.9

    [ὁ δ] ἐχθρὰ νοήσαις ἤδη φθόνος Pae. 2.54

    τὸ δὲ οἴκοθεν ἄστυ nom. Πα.. 32. τὰ θεῶν βουλεύματ acc. fr. 61. 3. τὰς δὲ Θεοξένου ἀκτῖνας fr. 123. 2. τὰν ἐνθάδε νύκτα Θρ.. 2. τὸν ἄπειρον ἐρεύγονται σκότον fr. 130 ad Θρ.. τὸν ὕπερθεν ἅλιον fr. 133. 2. τὸν Ἰάσονος εὔδοξον πλόον fr. 172. 6. ταὶ δὲ Χίρωνος ἐντολαί (Hermann: αἱ codd.) fr. 177c. ὁ γὰρ ἐξ οἴκου ποτὶ μῶμον ἔπαινος κίρναται *fr. 181* ἁ Μειδύλου δ' αὐτῷ γενεά fr. 190.
    d where a sentence or major part thereof intervenes between article and noun, so that the usage is almost demonstrative.

    τῶν γὰρ πεπραγμένων ἔργων τέλος O. 2.15

    ἅ μ' ἐθέλοντα προσέρπει ματρομάτωρ ἐμὰ (but v. A. 1. a supra) O. 6.83

    τὸ γὰρ ἐμφυὲς ἦθος O. 11.19

    αἵ γε μὲν ἀνδρῶν ἐλπίδες O. 12.5

    ταὶ Διωνύσου χάριτες O. 13.18

    ὁ δ' ἦρα χρόνῳ ἵκετ ἀνὴρ ἔκπαγλος P. 4.78

    [ τάν ποτε Καλλίσταν ἀπῴκησαν χρόνῳ νᾶσον (Boeckh: ἂν codd.: ἔν Chaeris) P. 4.258]

    ὁ Βάττου δ' ἕπεται παλαιὸς ὄλβος P. 5.55

    τὸ δ' ἐμὸν γαρύει ἀπὸ Σπάρτας ἐπήρατον κλέος (v. γαρύω) P. 5.72

    τὸ δ' ἐν ποσί μοι τράχον ἴτω τεὸν χρέος P. 8.32

    φυᾷ τὸ γενναῖον ἐπιπρέπει ἐκ πατέρων παισὶ λῆμαP. 8.44 ὁ δὲ καμὼν προτέρᾳ πάθᾳἌδραστος ἥρωςP. 8.48

    ὁ δὲ τὰν εὐώλενον θρέψατο παῖδα Κυράναν P. 9.17

    ἤτοι τό τε θεσπέσιον Φόρκοἰ ἀμαύρωσεν γένος P. 12.13

    ὄφρα τὸν Εὐρυάλας γόον P. 12.20

    τὰν πολυξέναν νᾶσον Αἴγιναν N. 3.2

    ὁ δ' εὖ φράσθη Ζεὺς N. 5.34

    ὁ δὲ χάλκεος οὐρανός N. 6.3

    ὁ δ' Ζεὺς N. 9.24

    ἐν ᾇ καὶ τὸν ἀδείμαντον Ἀλκμήνα τέκεν παῖδα I. 1.12

    [cf.

    τὸν μὲν κτἑ I. 6.37

    ]

    ὁ δ' ἀθανάτων μὴ θρασσέτω φθόνος I. 7.39

    τὸ δὲ πρὸ ποδὸς ἄρειον ἀεὶ βλέπειν χρῆμα πάν I. 8.12

    ἁ δὲ τὰς τίκτεν ἀλαθέας ὥρας fr. 30. 6.

    ὁ πάντα τοι τά τε καὶ τὰ τεύχων σὸν ἐγγυάλιξεν ὄλβον εὐρύοπα Κρόνου παῖς Pae. 6.132

    τὸν ἀοιδότατον τρέφον κάλαμον fr. 70. 1. ὁ δὲ Καινεὺς Θρ. 6. 7. repeated, ὁ ζαμενὴς δ' ὁ χοροιτύπος ὃν Μαλέας ὄρος ἔθρεψε, Ναίδος ἀκοίτας Σιληνός fr. 156. cf.

    πρὶν γενέσθαι τὰν Ἀδράστου τάν τε Καδμείων ἔριν N. 8.51

    e in apposition, with phrase following.

    στέφανων ἄωτον γλυκὺν τῶν Οὐλυμπίᾳ O. 5.2

    ἐρέω ταύταν χάριν, τὰν δ' ἔπειτ ἀνδρῶν μάχας ἐκ παγκρατίου (Schr.: μάχαν codd.) O. 8.58

    ὕβριν ἰδὼν τὰν πρὸ Κύμας P. 1.72

    τῶν δ' Ὁμήρου καὶ τόδε συνθέμενος ῥῆμα πόρσυν P. 4.277

    φροντίδα τὰν πὰρ ποδός P. 10.62

    βοτάνα τέ νίν ποθ' ἁ λέοντος νικάσαντ ἤρεφε N. 6.42

    παίδων τε παῖδες ἔχοιεν αἰεὶ γέρας τό περ νῦν καὶ ἄρειον ὄπιθεν (fort. rel.?) N. 7.101

    κρέσσων δὲ καππαύει δίκαν τὰν πρόσθεν ἀνήρ N. 9.15

    ἱπποτρόφον ἄστυ τὸ Προίτοιο θάλησενN. 10.41
    3 c. adj., part.
    a adj.

    ἅπαντα τὰ μείλιχα O. 1.30

    τὸ δ' ἔσχατον O. 1.113

    τὰ δ' ἐν τᾷδε Διὸς ἀρχᾷ ἀλιτρὰ O. 2.58

    ἐς δὲ τὸ πὰν ἑρμανέων χατίζει O. 2.85

    οἱ δύο O. 8.38

    τὰ τέρπν O. 9.28

    τὰ τοιαῦτ O. 9.40

    τὸ δὲ σαφανὲς O. 10.55

    τά τε τερπνὰ καὶ τὰ γλυκέα O. 14.5

    οἱ σοφοὶ P. 2.88

    τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς P. 2.96

    τὰ καλὰ τρέψαντες ἔξω P. 3.83

    τὸν μονοκρήπιδα P. 4.75

    τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς P. 4.285

    ὁ δ' ἀρχαγέτας ἔδωκ Ἀπόλλων P. 5.60

    [ τὸ δ' ἐμὸν (v. γαρύω) P. 5.72] τὸ λοιπὸν (adv.) P. 5.118 τὸ μαλθακὸν acc. P. 8.6

    τὸ μὲν μέγιστον τόθι χαρμάτων ὤπασας P. 8.64

    τὸ τερπνὸν nom. P. 8.93

    τὸν ἐχθρὸν P. 9.95

    τὸ δὲ συγγενὲς nom. P. 10.12

    τῶν δ' ἐν Ἑλλάδι τερπνῶν P. 10.19

    τὰ μέγιστ acc. P. 10.24 Μοῖσα, τὸ δὲ τεόν nom. P. 11.41

    τὰ μέσα P. 11.52

    τὸ δὲ μόρσιμον οὐ παρφυκτὸν P. 12.30

    τὸ γὰρ οἰκεῖον πιέζει N. 1.53

    τὸ καλλίνικον N. 3.18

    τὰ μακρὰ N. 4.33

    τὸ μόρσιμον N. 4.61

    , N. 7.44

    τὸ συγγενὲς N. 6.8

    τὸ τερπνὸν N. 7.74

    τὸ μὲν λαμπρὸν τῶν δ' ἀφάντων N. 8.34

    τὸ τὠργείου φυλάξαι ῥῆμ I. 2.9

    τὸν ἐσλόν I. 2.7

    τῶν ἀπειράτων I. 4.30

    τὸν ἐχθρόν I. 4.48

    τὸν φέρτατον θεῶν I. 7.5

    τὰ μακρὰ I. 7.43

    τὸ δὲ πὰρ δίκαν γλυκὺ I. 7.47

    τὸ μὲν ἐμόν I. 8.38

    ὁ κράτιστος Πα. 7B. 50.

    τὸ πάντων ἔργων ἱερώτ[ατον] Pae. 8.74

    τὸ δὲ μὴ Δὶ φίλτερον fr. 81 ad Δ. 2. τὸ κοινόν fr. 109. τὸ πάν fr. 140d. τὸ βιαιότατον fr. 169. 3.
    b in apposition.

    παῖς ὁ κισσοφόρος O. 2.27

    ἄλσος ἁγνὸν τὸ τεὸν O. 5.12

    θεῶν βασιλεὺς ὁ μέγας O. 7.34

    καλλίνικος ὁ τριπλόος κεχλαδὼς O. 9.2

    πλοῦτος ὁ λαχὼν ποιμένα O. 10.88

    Χίρωνα τὸν ἀποιχόμενον P. 3.3

    θύγατρες αἱ τρεῖς P. 3.97

    Ζεὺς ὁ γενέθλιος ἀμφοτέροιςP. 4.167 καί τινα σὺν πλαγίῳ ἀνδρῶν κόρῳ στείχοντα τὸν ἐχθρότατον φᾶσέ νιν δώσειν μόρῳ (Boeckh: μόρον codd.: τῷ ἐχθροτάτῳ μόρῳ Beck: alii alia) N. 1.65

    ὁ Τελαμωνιάδας N. 4.47

    λόγον Αἰακοῦ παίδων τὸν ἅπαντα N. 4.72

    [ προπάτωρ ὁ σὸς (codd.: del. Boeckh) N. 4.89] ὅμιλος ἀνδρῶν ὁ πλεῖστος N.7.24.

    ὡς παισὶ κλέος μὴ τὸ δύσφαμον προσάψω N. 8.37

    ζωᾶς ἄωτον τὸν ἄλπνιστον I. 5.12

    κόμπον τὸν ἐοικότ I. 5.24

    Ζεὺς ὁ πάντων κύριος I. 5.53

    λόγον τὸν ἐθέλοντα γενέσθαι Pae. 2.79

    Ἀπόλλων ὁ χρυσοκόμας Pae. 5.41

    Τέρπανδρός ποθ' ὁ Λέσβιος fr. 125. 1. θεὸς ὁ πάντα τεύχων βροτοῖς fr. 141. ἐσθὰς δ' ἀμφοτέρα μιν ἔχεν, ἅ τε Μαγνήτων ἐπιχώριος ἁρμόζοισα θαητοῖσι γυίοις, ἀμφὶ δὲ (where the τε δέ connection is irregular) P. 4.80
    c c. part.

    ὁ νικῶν O. 1.97

    τὸ μέλλον O. 2.56

    σοφὸς ὁ πολλὰ εἰδὼς φυᾷ O. 2.86

    ὁ δὲ πάλᾳ κυδαίνων Ἔχεμος Τεγέαν O. 10.66

    τῶν δὲ μελλόντων O. 12.9

    τά τ' ἐσσόμενα O. 13.103

    τῶν ἀπεόντων P. 3.20

    τὰ ἐοικότα P. 3.59

    ὁ δὲ καλόν τι νέον λαχών P. 8.88

    τό γ' ἐν ξυνῷ πεποναμένον εὖ P. 9.93

    ὁ δὲ χαμηλὰ πνέων P. 11.30

    τὸ παρκείμενον N. 3.75

    λόγον ὁ μὴ συνιείς N. 4.31

    τὸ δὲ πὰρ ποδὶ ναὸς ἑλισσόμενον αἰεὶ κυμάτων N. 6.55

    ὁ πονήσαις δὲ νόῳ I. 1.40

    τὸ σεσωπαμένον I. 1.63

    τῶν τότ' ἐόντων I. 4.27

    ὁ δ' ἐθέλων τε καὶ δυνάμενος ἁβρὰ πάσχειν fr. 2. 1. τιν' ἄνδρα τῶν θανόντων fr. 4. τῷ παρέοντι fr. 43. 4.

    τῶν γὰρ ἀντομένων Pae. 2.42

    τὸ δ' εὐβουλίᾳ τε καὶ αἰδοῖ ἐγκείμενον Pae. 2.52

    ὁ δὲ καλόν τι πονήσαις Pae. 2.66

    τά τ ἐόντα τε κα[ὶ ] πρόσθεν γεγενημένα Pae. 8.83

    ὁ δὲ μηδὲν ἔχων Παρθ. 1.. τὸ πεπρωμένον fr. 232.
    4 c. inf., pro subs.

    τὸ δὲ τυχεῖν O. 2.51

    τὸ λαλαγῆσαι O. 2.97

    τὸ διδάξασθαι O. 8.59

    τὸ μὴ προμαθεῖν O. 8.60

    τό γε λοιδορῆσαι O. 9.37

    τὸ καυχᾶσθαι O. 9.38

    τὸ δὲ παθεῖν P. 1.99

    τὸ πλουτεῖν δὲ P. 2.56

    καὶ τὸ σιγᾶν N. 5.18

    ὦ Μέγα, τὸ δ' αὖτις τεὰν ψυχὰν κομίξαι οὔ μοι δυνατόν N. 8.44

    τὸ δὲ φυγεῖν Δ... τὸ γὰρ πρὶν γενέ[σθαι (G-H, sed alia possis) Παρθ. 1. 20.
    5 c. adv.
    a pro subs.

    τῶν γε νῦν O. 1.105

    τὸ πόρσω δ' ἐστὶ σοφοῖς ἄβατον κἀσόφοις O. 3.44

    νεότατος τὸ πάλιν ἤδη O. 10.87

    τῶν πάροιθε P. 2.60

    τὰ πόρσω P. 3.22

    τῶν πάλαι P. 6.40

    τῶν νῦν δὲ P. 6.43

    ὁ δ' ἐχθρὰ νοήσαις ἤδη φθόνος οἴχεται τῶν πάλαι προθανόντων ( τῶν προθανόντων?) P. 2.56
    b pro adv.

    τὸ πολλάκις O. 1.32

    ἀμφοτέροις ὁμοῖοι τοκεῦσι, τὰ ματρόθεν μὲν κάτω τὰ δ' ὕπερθε πατρός P. 2.48

    εἶδον γὰρ τὰ πόλλ' ἐν ἀμαχανίᾳ ψογερὸν Ἀρχίλοχον P. 2.54

    τὸ νῦν τε καὶ τὸ λοιπὸν P. 5.117

    τὸ δὲ οἴκοθεν ἀντία πράξειP. 8.51 τὸ πρῶτονP. 9.41

    τὸ πρίν P. 11.39

    τό γέ νυν P. 11.44

    τὰ πόλλ N. 2.2

    τὸ πρῶτον N. 3.49

    τὸ λοιπὸν N. 7.45

    τὸ πάροιθε fr. 33d. 1. τίμαθεν γὰρ τὰ πάλαι τὰ νῦν τ' Παρθ. 2. 42.
    6 c. subs. phrase.

    τὸ δὲ φυᾷ κράτιστον ἅπαν O. 9.100

    Ἰσθμοῖ τά τ' ἐν Νεμέᾳ O. 13.98

    τὰ δ' Ὀλυμπίᾳ O. 13.101

    τὰ δ' ὑπ ὀφρύι Παρνασσίᾳ O. 13.106

    ἀνέχει τότε μὲν τὰ κείνων P. 2.89

    τὸ πὰρ ποδός P. 3.60

    τὰ δ' εἰς ἐνιαυτὸν P. 10.63

    τῶν γὰρ ἀνὰ πόλιν εὑρίσκων τὰ μέσα μακροτέρῳ ὄλβῳ τεθαλότα P. 11.52

    τὰ δ' οἴκοι μάσσον ἀριθμοῦ N. 2.23

    Γαδείρων τὸ πρὸς ζόφον οὐ περατόν N. 4.69

    τὰ μὲν ἀμφὶ πόνοις ὑπερώτατα N. 8.42

    τὰ δ' ἄλλαις ἁμέραις πολλὰ μὲν ἐν κονίᾳ χέρσῳ, τὰ δὲ γείτονι πόντῳ φάσομαι N. 9.42

    μακρὰ μὲν τὰ Περσέος ἀμφὶ Μεδοίσας Γοργόνος N. 10.4

    τὸ δ' ἐκ Διὸς ἀνθρώποις σαφὲς οὐχ ἕπεται τέκμαρ as for what comes from Zeus N. 11.43 but cf. 2d supra.
    7 ὁ αὐτός, the same

    τωὔτ' ἐπὶ χρέος O. 1.45

    μηνός τε τωὐτοῦ O. 13.38

    ταὐτὰ δὲ τρὶς τετράκι τ' ἀμφιπολεῖν ἀπορία τελέθει (Σ: ταῦτα codd.) N. 7.104
    8 fragg. ]

    ογοι τῶν γε δε[ Pae. 6.176

    ὁ μέγιστ[ος Πα. 7. a. 3.

    τῷ δ[ Pae. 10.22

    πολ]λὰ μὲν τὰ πάροιθ' τὰ δ α[ Παρθ. 2. 31. τὸ δ ἀλαθε[ ] κατέστα φάος[ ?fr. 337. 9.

    Lexicon to Pindar >

  • 46

    ὁ, ὅ, ὅς, The uses are relative, demonstrative, articular: where is not followed by a particle, it is often impossible to decide whether the u<*>e is relative or demonstrative, cf. Des Places 35ff. A relative, cf. ὅς τε. (ὅ, ὅς, τοῦ, οὗ, τῷ, ᾧ, τόν, ὅν, τοί, οἵ, τῶν, ὧν, τοῖςι), οἷς, οἶσιν), τούς; ἅ, ἇς, τᾶς, ᾆ, τᾷ, ἅν, τάν, αἵ, ταί, τᾶν, αἷςι), ταῖσι; τοῦ, οὕνεκεν, ᾧ, τῷ, τό, τά, τῶν, ὧν, οἷσιν, τά.)
    1 c. ind.
    a preceded by an antecedent.

    Ἱέρωνος θεμιστεῖον ὃς ἀμφέπει σκᾶπτον O. 1.12

    Πέλοπος τοῦ μεγασθενὴς ἐράσσατο Γαιάοχος O. 1.25

    ἕλεν ἄταν ὑπέροπλον ἅν τοι πατὴρ ὕπερ κρέμασε καρτερὸν αὐτῷ λίθον, τὸν αἰεὶ μενοινῶν κεφαλᾶς βαλεῖν εὐφροσύνας ἀλᾶται (Fennel: τάν οἱ codd.: ἅν οἱ Hermann, v. d. Mühll) O. 1.57—8. νέκταρ ἀμβροσίαν τε δῶκεν, οἷσιν ἄφθιτον θέν νιν ( οἷς νιν coni. Bergk) O. 1.63 [ ἃ τέκε (codd.: ἔτεκε Boehmer: τέκε τε byz.) O. 1.89]

    πατέρων · καμόντες οἳ πολλὰ θυμῷ ἱερὸν ἔσχον οἴκημα O. 2.8

    κούραις, ἔπαθον αἳ μεγάλα O. 2.23

    ὕδωρ δ' ἄλλα (sc. ἄνθεμα)

    φέρβει, ὅρμοισι τῶν χέρας ἀναπλέκοντι O. 2.74

    Ῥαδαμάνθυος ὃν πατὴρ ἔχει μέγας ἑτοῖμον αὐτῷ πάρεδρον O. 2.76

    Ἀχιλλέα ὃς Ἕκτορα σφᾶλε O. 2.81

    κόσμον ἐλαίας, τάν ποτε Ἴστρου ἀπὸ σκιαρᾶν παγᾶν ἔνεικεν O. 3.13

    Πίσα τᾶς ἄπο θεόμοροι νίσοντ' ἐπ ἀνθρώπους ἀοιδαί O. 3.9

    ἔλαφον ἅν ποτε Ταυγέτα ἀντιθεῖσ' Ὀρθωσίας ἔγραψεν ἱεράν O. 3.29

    δένδρεα · τῶν νιν γλυκὺς ἵμερος ἔσχεν O. 3.33

    ἀλλὰ Κρόνου παῖ, ὃς Αἴτναν ἔχεις O. 4.6

    Ψαύμιος ὃς ἐλαίᾳ στεφανωθεὶς Πισάτιδι κῦδος ὄρσαι σπεύδει Καμαρίνᾳ O. 4.11

    Ψαύμιος · ὃς τὰν σὰν πόλιν αὔξων ἐγέραρεν O. 5.4

    ὀχετούς, Ἵππαρις οἷσιν ἄρδει στρατὸν O. 5.12

    αἶνος ὃν ἐν δίκᾳ φθέγξατ O. 6.12

    Πιτάναν ἅ τοι Ποσειδάωνι μιχθεῖσα Κρονίῳ λέγεται O. 6.29

    ἥρωι ὃς ἀνδρῶν Ἀρκάδων ἄνασσε O. 6.34

    Ἑρμᾶν ὃς ἀγῶνας ἔχει O. 6.79

    ἀκόνας, ἅ μ' ἐθέλοντα προσέρπει (but more prob. articular: cf. C. 2. d infra) O. 6.83 Μετώπα, πλάξιππον ἃ Θήβαν ἔτικτεν, τᾶς ἐρατεινὸν ὕδωρ πίομαι (bis) O. 6.85

    Ὀρτυγίας, τὰν Ἱέρων καθαρῷ σκάπτῳ διέπων ἀμφέπει Δάματρα O. 6.93

    [ὁ δ' ὄλβιος, ὃν φᾶμαι κατέχοντ ἀγαθαί (v. l. κατέχωντ) O. 7.10]

    παῖδας, ὧν εἷς μὲν Κάμιρον πρεσβύτατόν τε Ἰάλυσον ἔτεκεν O. 7.73

    Ζηνὶ ὃς σὲ μὲν Νεμέᾳ πρόφατον θῆκεν O. 8.16

    Αἰακοῦ· τὸν καλέσαντο σύνεργον O. 8.31

    Ἀλκιμέδων ὃς ἐν τέτρασιν παίδων ἀπεθήκατο γυίοις νόστον O. 8.67

    Βλεψιάδαις ἕκτος οἷς ἤδη στέφανος περίκειται O. 8.76

    κόσμον Ὀλυμπίᾳ, ὅν σφι Ζεὺς γένει ὤπασεν O. 8.83

    ἀκρωτήριον Ἄλιδος τὸ δή ποτε Λυδὸς ἥρως Πέλοψ ἐξάρατο O. 9.10

    υἱόν, ἃν Θέμις θυγάτηρ τέ οἱ σώτειρα λέλογχεν O. 9.15

    ῥάβδον, βρότεα σώμαθ' ᾇ κατάγει O. 9.34

    Μενοίτιον· τοῦ παῖς ἔστα σὺν Ἀχιλλεῖ O. 9.70

    ἀγῶνα ὃν ἀρχαίῳ σάματι πὰρ Πέλοπος ἐκτίσσατο O. 10.24

    μελέων, τὰ παρ' εὐκλέι Δίρκᾳ χρόνῳ μὲν φάνεν O. 10.85

    Ἀρχεστράτου τὸν εἶδον κρατέοντα O. 10.100

    ὥρᾳ τε κεκραμένον, ἅ ποτε ἀναιδέα Γανυμήδει θάνατον ἆλκε σὺν Κυπρογένει O. 10.104

    ἐγκώμιον τεθμόν, τὸν ἄγει πεδίων ἐκ Πίσας O. 13.29

    πατρὸς ὃς ἔπαθεν O. 13.63

    φόρμιγξ τᾶς ἀκούει μὲν βάσις P. 1.2

    Τυφὼς · τόν ποτε Κιλίκιον θρέψεν πολυώνυμον ἄντρον P. 1.16

    Αἴτνα · τᾶς ἐρεύγονται μὲν ἀπλάτου πυρὸς ἁγνόταται ἐκ μυχῶν παγαί P. 1.21

    Ζεῦ, ὃς τοῦτ' ἐφέπεις ὄρος, γαίας μέτωπον, τοῦ μὲν ἐπωνυμίαν κλεινὸς οἰκιστὴρ ἐκύδανεν πόλιν (bis) P. 1.30

    Ποίαντος υἱὸν ὃς Πριάμοιο πόλιν πέρσεν P. 1.54

    Αἴτνας βασιλεῖ·· τῷ πόλιν Ἱέρων ἔκτισσε P. 1.61

    Τυνδαριδᾶν βαθύδοξοι γείτονες, ὧν κλέος ἄνθησεν αἰχμᾶς P. 1.66

    Συρακοσίων ἀρχῷ ὠκυπόρων ἀπὸ ναῶν ὅ σφιν ἐν πόντῳ βάλεθ' ἁλικίαν P. 1.74

    μαχᾶν, ταῖσι Μήδειοι κάμον P. 1.78

    τετραορίας εὐάρματος Ἱέρων ἐν ᾇ

    κρατέων ἀνέδησεν Ὀρτυγίαν P. 2.5

    ὕμνον τὸν ἐδέξαντ' ἀμφ ἀρετᾷ P. 1.80

    Ἀρτέμιδος, ἇς οὐκ ἄτερ ἐδάμασσε πώλους (Hermann: τᾶς codd.) P. 2.7

    Κινύραν τὸν ὁ χρυσοχαῖτα προφρόνως ἐφίλησ' Ἀπόλλων P. 2.16

    Ἥρας τὰν Διὸς εὐναὶ λάχον πολυγαθέες P. 2.27

    γόνον τὸν ὀνύμαζε τράφοισα Κένταυρον, ὃς ἵπποισι Μαγνητίδεσσιν ἐμείγνυτ (bis) P. 2.44

    θεός, ὃ καὶ πτερόεντ' αἰετὸν κίχε P. 2.50

    θεός, ὃς ἀνέχει τότε μὲν τὰ κείνων P. 2.89

    ξένον, ὃς Συρακόσσαισι νέμει βασιλεύς P. 3.70

    στεφάνοις, τοὺς ἀριστεύων Φερένικος ἕλεν Κίρρᾳ ποτέ P. 3.74

    Ματρί, τᾶν κοῦραι παρ' ἐμὸν πρόθυρον σὺν Πανὶ μέλπονται P. 3.78

    ( Πηλεύς τε καὶ Κάδμος)

    λέγονται μὰν βροτῶν ὄλβον ὑπέρτατον οἳ σχεῖν P. 3.89

    [ὅς (codd. contra metr.: σάος Schr.) P. 3.106]

    τὸ Μηδείας ἔπος Αἰήτα τό ποτε ζαμενὴς παῖς ἀπέπνευσ P. 4.10

    κεῖνος ὄρνις τόν ποτε δέξατP. 4.20Εὔφαμος, τόν ποτ' Εὐρώπα τίκτεP. 4.46

    μελίσσας Δελφίδος ἅ σε χαίρειν ἐστρὶς αὐδάσαισα ἄμφανεν P. 4.61

    τοκέων, τοί μ' κρύβδα πέμπονP. 4.111 ἀγρούς τοὺς ἀπούρας ἁμετέρων τοκέων νέμεαιP. 4.149θρόνος, ᾧ ποτε Κρηθείδας ἐγκαθίζων εὔθυνεP. 4.152 δέρμα τε κριοῦ τῷ ποτ' ἐκ πόντου σαώθηP. 4.161

    βόας, οἳ φλόγ' ἀπὸ ξανθᾶν γενύων πνέον P. 4.225

    δράκοντος ὃς πάχει μάκει τε πεντηκόντερον ναῦν κράτει, τέλεσεν ἃν πλαγαὶ σιδάρου (bis) P. 4.245

    Κάστορος· εὐδίαν ὃς μετὰ χειμέριον ὄμβρον τεὰν καταιθύσσει μάκαιραν ἑστίαν P. 5.10

    Κάρρωτον ὃς Βαττιδᾶν ἀφίκετο δόμους P. 5.27

    ἀνδριάντι Κρῆτες ὃν τοξοφόροι τέγει Παρνασσίῳ καθέσσαντο P. 5.41

    Ἀπόλλων ὃ καὶ βαρειᾶν νόσων ἀκέσματ' νέμει P. 5.63

    μυχόν τ' ἀμφέπει μαντήιον. τῷ Λακεδαίμονι ἐν Ἄργει τε καὶ ζαθέᾳ Πύλῳ ἔνασσεν ἀλκάεντας Ἡρακλέος ἐκγόνους (ᾧ, τῷ χρησμῷ Σ.) P. 5.69

    πόλιν. ἔχοντι τὰν χαλκοχάρμαι ξένοι Τρῶες P. 5.82

    ἄνδρες τοὺς

    Ἀριστοτέλης ἄγαγε P. 5.87

    Ἀρκεσίλᾳ· τὸν ἐν ἀοιδᾷ νέων πρέπει χρυσάορα Φοῖβον ἀπύειν P. 5.103

    ὕμνων θησαυρὸς. τὸν οὔτε χειμέριος ὄμβρος οὔτ' ἄνεμος ἐς μυχοὺς ἁλὸς ἄξοισι P. 6.10

    Ἀντίλοχος ὃς ὑπερέφθιτο πατρός P. 6.30

    Ἐλέλιχθον, ἄρχεις ὃς ἱππιᾶν ἐσόδων P. 6.50

    ἀστῶν οἳ τεὸν δόμον Πυθῶνι δίᾳ θαητὸν ἔτευξαν P. 7.10

    τὺ (= Ἡσυχία) —

    τὰν οὐδὲ Πορφυρίων μάθεν παρ' αἶσαν ἐξερεθίζων P. 8.12

    Ἀπόλλωνος· ὃς εὐμενεῖ νόῳ λτ;γτ;ενάρκειον ἔδεκτο υἱὸν P. 8.18

    σωμάτεσσι τοῖς οὔτε νόστος ὁμῶς ἔπαλπνος ἐν Πυθιάδι κρίθη P. 8.83

    Κυράνας, τὰν Λατοίδας ἅρπασ P. 9.5

    Ὑψέος ὃς Λαπιθᾶν ὑπερόπλων τουτάκις ἦν βασιλεύς P. 9.14

    ὅν ποτε Κρέοισ' ἔτικτεν P. 9.15

    σέ, τὸν οὐ θεμιτὸν ψεύδει θιγεῖν P. 9.42

    ὦ ἄνα, κύριον ὃς πάντων τέλος οἶσθαP. 9.44 παῖδα ὃν κλυτὸς Ἑρμᾶς οἴσειP. 9.59

    Κυράναν, ἅ νιν εὔφρων δέξεται P. 9.73

    Ἰόλαον. τόν κρύψαν ἔνερθ' ὑπὸ γᾶν P. 9.80

    κῶφος ἀνήρ τις, ὃς Ἡρακλεῖ στόμα μὴ περιβάλλει, μηδὲ Διρκαίων ὑδάτων ἀὲ μέμναται, τά νιν θρέψαντο καὶ Ἰφικλέα, τοῖσι τέλειον ἐπ' εὐχᾷ κωμάσομαί τι παθὼν ἐσλόν (ter) P. 9.87—9.

    κούραν, τὰν μάλα πολλοὶ ἀριστῆες ἀνδρῶν αἴτεον P. 9.107

    Ὑπερβορέων. παρ' οἶς ποτε Περσεὺς ἐδαίσατο λαγέτας P. 10.31

    ὧν θαλίαις ἔμπεδον εὐφαμίαις τε μάλιστ' Ἀπόλλων χαίρει P. 10.34

    θησαυρόν, ὃν περίαλλ' ἐτίμασε Λοξίας P. 11.5

    ἀγῶνι ἐν τῷ Θρασυδᾷος ἔμνασεν ἑστίαν P. 11.13

    Ὀρέστα· τὸν δὴ ἐκ δόλου τροφὸς ἄνελε δυσπενθέος P. 11.17

    Πυθονίκῳ ἢ Θρασυδᾴῳ, τῶν εὐφροσύνα τε καὶ δόξ' ἐπιφλέγει P. 11.45

    τέχνᾳ, τάν ποτε Παλλὰς ἐφεῦρε P. 12.6

    θρῆνον. τὸν ἄιε λειβόμενον P. 12.9

    υἱὸς Δανάας· τὸν ἀπὸ χρυσοῦ φαμὲν αὐτορύτου ἔμμεναι P. 12.17

    δονάκων, τοὶ παρὰ καλλιχόρῳ ναίοισι πόλι Χαρίτων P. 12.26

    ἀλλ' ἔσται χρόνος οὖτος, ὃ καὶ τὸ μὲν δώσει P. 12.31

    νάσω, τὰν Ζεὺς ἔδωκεν

    Φερσεφόνᾳ N. 1.13

    ἀοιδὰν. τᾶς ἀφθονίαν ὄπαζε μήτιος ἁμᾶς ἄπο N. 3.9

    Μυρμιδόνες ὧν παλαίφατον ἀγορὰν οὐκ ἐλεγχέεσσιν ἐμίανε N. 3.14

    κιόνων ὕπερ Ἡρακλέος ἥρως θεὸς ἃς ἔθηκε ναυτιλίας ἐσχάτας μάρτυρας κλυτούς N. 3.22

    Πηλεὺς ὃς καὶ Ἰαολκὸν εἶλε N. 3.34

    Ἀσκλαπιόν, τὸν φαρμάκων δίδαξε μαλακόχειρα νόμον N. 3.55

    σέο δ' ἀγών, τὸν ὕμνος ἔβαλεν ὄπι νέων ἐπιχώριον χάρμα κελαδέων N. 3.65

    Ἀριστοκλείδᾳ ὃς τάνδε νᾶσον εὐκλέι προσέθηκε λόγῳ N. 3.68

    αἰετὸς ὃς ἔλαβεν αἶψα N. 3.81

    Ἡρακλέος. σὺν ᾧ ποτε Τροίαν κραταιὸς Τελαμὼν πόρθησε N. 4.25

    ἕδραν, τὰν οὐρανοῦ βασιλῆες πόντου τ' ἐφεζόμενοι δῶρα καὶ κράτος ἐξέφαναν (Herwerden: τᾶς codd.) N. 4.67 ( κεῖνος) τὸν Εὐφάνης ἐθέλων γεραιὸς προπάτωρ σὸς ἄεισέν ποτε, παῖ (Σ assume Kallikles to be antecedent, others refer to ἀγῶνι or Ὀρσοτριαίνα, cf. N. 2.24) N. 4.89

    ἄρουραν· τάν ποτ' εὔανδρόν τε καὶ ναυσικλυτὰν θέσσαντο N. 5.9

    Ποσειδάωνα ὃς Αἰγᾶθεν ποτὶ κλειτὰν θαμὰ νίσεται Ἰσθμὸν Δωρίαν N. 5.37

    μείς τ' ἐπιχώριος, ὃν φίλησ Ἀπόλλων N. 5.44

    παῖς ἐναγώνιος, ὃς ταύταν μεθέπων Διόθεν αἶσαν νῦν πέφανται οὐκ ἄμμορος N. 6.13

    Σαοκλείδἀ, ὃς ὑπέρτατος Ἁγησιμάχοἰ ὑέων γένετο N. 3.21

    ἀγώνων ἄπο, τοὺς ἐνέποισιν ἱερούς N. 6.59

    Αἴας, ὃν πόρευσαν N. 7.27

    [ βοαθοῶν τοι. v.

    τοι N. 7.33

    ]

    πόλιν. τᾷ καὶ Δαναοὶ πόνησαν N. 7.35

    γλῶσσαν, ὃς ἐξέπεμψεν παλαισμάτων αὐχένα καὶ σθένος ἀδίαντον N. 7.72

    τίν Γίγαντας ὃς ἐδάμασας N. 7.90

    [ γέρας τό περ νῦν. v. , C. N. 7.101]

    ἡρώων ἄωτοι οἵ τε κρανααῖς ἐν Ἀθάναισιν ἅρμοζον στρατόν, οἵ τ' ἀνὰ Σπάρταν Πελοπηιάδαι N. 8.11

    πάρφασις ἃ τὸ μὲν λαμπρὸν βιᾶται, τῶν δ' ἀφάντων κῦδος ἀντείνει σαθρόν N. 8.34

    ῥεέθροις, ὧν ἐγὼ μνασθεὶς ἐπασκήσω κλυταῖς ἥρωα τιμαῖς· ὅς τότε ἄμφαινε κυδαίνων πόλιν N. 9.9

    —11.

    αἰδὼς ἃ φέρει δόξαν N. 9.34

    φιάλαι-

    σι ἅς ποθ' ἵπποι κτησάμεναι Χρομίῳ πέμψαν N. 9.52

    Ἡρακλέος οὗ κατ' Ὄλυμπον ἄλοχος Ἥβα ἔστι N. 10.17

    ἑταίρους οἵ σε γεραίροντες ὀρθὰν φυλάσσοισιν Τένεδον N. 11.5

    Δᾶλος, ἐν ᾇ κέχυμαι I. 1.4

    πατρίδι ἐν ᾇ καὶ τὸν ἀδείμαντον Ἀλκμήνα τέκεν παῖδα, θρασεῖαι τόν ποτε Γηρυόνα φρίξαν κύνες (bis) I. 1.12—3.

    ἄρουραν, ἅ νιν ἐν κρυοέσσᾳ δέξατο συντυχίᾳ I. 1.36

    φῶτες, οἳ χρυσαμπύκων ἐς δίφρον Μοισᾶν ἔβαινον ( οἳ Σ: ὅσοι codd.) I. 2.1 τὠργείου χρήματα χρήματ' ἀνήρ ὃς φᾶ (others view ὅς as dem.) I. 2.11

    νίκαν, τὰν λτ;γτ;ενοκράτει Ποσειδάων ὀπάσαις στεφάνωμα κόμᾳ πέμπεν I. 2.14

    χεῖρα τὰν Νικόμαχος κατὰ καιρὸν νεῖμ I. 2.22

    γαῖαν τὰν δὴ καλέοισιν Ὀλυμπίου Διὸς ἄλσος I. 2.27

    ἀρετὰς. αἷσι Κλεωνυμίδαι θάλλοντες αἰεὶ διέρχονται I. 4.4

    Ἄἴαντος ἀλκάν, φοίνιον τὰν ὀψίᾳ ἐν νυκτὶ ταμὼν μομφὰν ἔχει I. 4.35

    Ὅμηρος ὃς αὐτοῦ πᾶσαν ὀρθώσαις ἀρετὰν κατὰ ῥάβδον ἔφρασεν I. 4.37

    υἱὸς Ἀλκμήνας· ὃς Οὔλυμπόνδ' ἔβα I. 4.55

    θανόντων· τοὺς Μεγάρα τέκε οἱ Κρεοντὶς υἱούς· τοῖσιν ἐν δυθμαῖσιν αὐγᾶν φλὸξ παννυχίζει I. 4.64

    —5.

    Αἰακοῦ παίδων τε. τοὶ καὶ σὺν μάχαις δὶς πόλιν Τρώων ἔπραθον I. 5.35

    πατρός. τὸν χαλκοχάρμαν ἐς πόλεμον ἆγε I. 6.27

    θηρός, ὃν πάμπρωτον ἀέθλων κτεῖνά ποτ' ἐν ΝεμέᾳI. 6.48ἔσσεταί τοι παῖς, ὃν αἰτεῖςI. 6.52

    ὕδωρ, τὸ ἀνέτειλαν I. 6.74

    θάλος, χάλος, χάλκασπις ᾧ πότμον μὲν Ἄρης ἔμειξεν I. 7.25

    Ζηνί ὃ τὰν μὲν ᾤκισσεν ἁγεμόνα I. 8.19

    Αἰακὸν. ὃ καὶ δαιμόνεσσι δίκας ἐπείραινε I. 8.23

    Ἀχιλέος. ὃ καὶ Μύσιον ἀμπελόεν αἵμαξε I. 8.49

    θεόν, ὃς κεραυνοῦ τε κρέσσον ἄλλο βέλος διώξει χερί I. 8.34

    ἶνας ἐκταμὼν δορί, ταί μιν ῥύοντό ποτε I. 8.52

    ἀριστέας οἶς δῶμα Φερσεφόνας μανύων Ἀχιλεύς πρόφαινεν I. 8.55

    μιν ὃς ἔλαχεν σελίνων I. 8.63

    ( Ζεύς), ὃς καὶ τυπεὶς ἁγνῷ πελέκει τέκετο ξανθὰν Ἀθάναν fr. 34. Εὐξαντίου [Κρητ]ῶν μαιομένων

    ὃς ἀνα[ίνετο] αὐταρχεῖν Pae. 4.36

    Διὸς Ἐννοσίδαν τε. χθόνα τοί ποτε καὶ στρατὸν ἀθρόον πέμψαν κεραυνῷ τριόδοντί τε ἐς τὸν βαθὺν Τάρταρον Pae. 4.42

    ]ὃν ἔμβα[λ Pae. 6.78

    Νεοπτόλεμον. ὃς διέπερσεν Ἰλίου πόλιν Pae. 6.104

    χρηστήριον[ ]ἐν ᾧ Τήνερον ἔτεκ[εν Pae. 9.41

    τί ἔλπεαι σοφίαν ἔμμεν, ἃν ὀλίγον τοι ἀνὴρ ὑπὲρ ἀνδρὸς ἴσχει; (cod. unus Stobaei in marg., cett.: om. Clem. Alex.: ᾆ τ Boeckh) fr. 61. 1. θεοί, πολύβατον οἵ τ' ἄστεος ὀμφαλὸν θυόεντ οἰχνεῖτε πανδαίδαλόν τ εὐκλἔ ἀγοράν fr. 75. 3. ἐπὶ τὸν κισσοδαῆ θεόν, τὸν Βρόμιον τὸν Ἐριβόαν τε βροτοὶ καλέομεν ( ὃν ὃν v. l.: τε om. codd. nonnulli: docti unum vel alterum τὸν del.) fr. 75. 10. Ἀλαλά, ᾆ θύεται ἄνδρες fr. 78. 2. ἀνδρὸς δ' οὔτε γυναικός, ὧν θάλεσσιν ἔγκειμαι Παρθ. 2. 3. νίκαις, αἷς ἐν ἀιόνεσσιν Ὀγχη[στοῦ κλυ]τᾶς, ταῖς δὲ ναὸν Ἰτωνίας χαίταν στεφάνοις ἐκόσμηθεν Παρθ. 2.. θυγάτηρ, Ἀνδαισιστρότᾰ ἃν ἐπάσκησε Παρθ. 2.. Ὑμέναιον, ὃν λάβεν (ὃν supp. Hermann: om. cod.) Θρ. 3.. ψυχὰς ἐκ τᾶν βασιλῆες ἀγαυοὶ αὔξοντ fr. 133. 3. ἑορτὰ ἐν ᾇ πρῶτον εὐνάσθην fr. 193. Ἐλπίς, ἃ μάλιστα κυβερνᾷ fr. 214. 3.
    b where the antecedent follows the rel. cl. [ ταί τε ναίετε (Bergk: αἵ τε codd.) O. 14.2]

    ὅσσα δὲ μὴ πεφίληκε Ζεύς, ἀτύζονται βοὰν Πιερίδων ἀίοντα ὅς τ' ἐν αἰνᾷ Ταρτάρῳ κεῖται, θεῶν πολέμιος, Τυφώς P. 1.15

    ὃς δὲ διδάκτ' ἔχει, ψεφεννὸς ἀνὴρ N. 3.41

    οἶσι δὲ Φερσεφόνα ποινὰν παλαιοῦ πένθεος δέξεται, ἐς τὸν ὕπερθεν ἅλιον κείνων ἐνάτῳ ἔτει ἀνδιδοῖ ψυχὰς πάλιν fr. 133. 1. ὁ χοροιτύπος, ὃν Μαλέας ὄρος ἔθρεψε, Ναίδος ἀκοίτας Σιληνός fr. 156.
    c with interior antecedent. “ἀρχαίαν κομίζων πατρὸς ἐμοῦτάν ποτε Ζεὺς ὤπασεν λαγέτᾳ Αἰόλῳ καὶ παισὶ τιμάν ( ἀρχὰν ἀγκομίζων Chaeris) P. 4.107

    μακάριος, ὃς ἔχεις καὶ πεδὰ μέγαν κάματον λόγων φέρτατων μναμήἰ P. 5.46

    d
    I ἐξ οὗ, from then on

    ἐξ οὗ πολύκλειτον καθ' Ἕλλανας γένος Ἰαμιδᾶν O. 6.71

    ἐξ οὗ Θέτιος γόνος οὐλίῳ μιν ἐν Ἄρει παραγορεῖτο μή ποτε σφετέρας ἄτερθε ταξιοῦσθαι αἰχμᾶς O. 9.76

    I being demonstrative in same case as rel. ἀντεβόλησεν τῶν ἀνὴρ θνατὸς οὔπω τις πρότερον ( τοιούτων ὧν) O. 13.31 ὧν ἔραται, καιρὸν διδούς ( τούτων ὧν) P. 1.57 τῶν δ' ἕκαστος ὀρούει, τυχών κεν ἁρπαλέαν σχέθοι φροντίδα τὰν πὰρ ποδός ( τούτων ὧν) P. 10.61 πράσσει γὰρ ἔργῳ μὲν σθένος, βουλαῖσι δὲ φρήν, ἐσσόμενον προιδεῖν συγγενὲς οἷς ἕπεται ( τούτοις οἷς) N. 1.28 σύνες ὅ τοι λέγω ( τοῦτο ὅ) fr. 105. 1. ἀλᾶται στρατῶν, ὃς ἀμαξοφόρητον οἶκον οὐ πέπαται ( ἐκεῖνος ὅστις) fr. 105b. 2. τὰς δὲ Θεοξένου ἀκτῖνας πρὸς ὄσσων μαρμαρυζοίσας δρακεὶς ὃς μὴ πόθῳ κυμαίνεται fr. 123. 4. ὃς μὲν ἀχρήμων, ἀφνεὸς τότε fr. 124. 8.
    II being assimilated to the case of the rel. τιμὰ δὲ γίνεται, ὧν θεὸς ἁβρὸν αὔξει λόγον τεθνακότων (τούτοις, ὧν) N. 7.32 Ζεῦ πάτερ, τῶν μὰν ἔραται φρενί, σιγᾷ οἱ στόμα ( ταῦτα ὧν) N. 10.29 ὀρνιχολόχῳ τε καὶ ὃν πόντος τράφει ( ἐκείνῳ ὃν) I. 1.48
    f where antecedent does not correspond to rel. in gender or number. ὀρθὰν ἄγεις ἐφημοσύναν, τά ποτ' ἐν οὔρεσι φαντὶ μεγαλοσθενεῖ Φιλύρας υἱὸν ὀρφανιζομένῳ Πηλείδᾳ παραινεῖν (Er. Schmid: τὰν codd.) P. 6.21
    2 c. subj.
    a preceded by definite antecedent.
    I μῶμος ἐξ ἄλλων κρέμαται φθονεόντων τοῖς, οἷς ποτε πρώτοις αἰδοία ποτιστάξῃ Χάρις εὐκλέα μορφάν (v. l. ποτιστάξει, -άζει) O. 6.75 ὁ δ' ὄλβιος ὃν φᾶμαι κατέχωντ ἀγαθαί ( κατέχοντ v. l.) O. 7.10

    ἐκ πόνων δ, οἳ σὺν νεότατι γένωνται σύν τε δίκᾳ N. 9.44

    II add. κε/

    ἄν. ἀμφοτέροισι δ' ἀνήρ, ὃς ἂν ἐγκύρσῃ καὶ ἕλῃ, στέφανον ὕψιστον δέδεκται P. 1.100

    γένος, οἵ κεν τάνδε νᾶσον ἐλθόντες τέκωνται φῶταP. 4.51

    ὑμνητὸς οὗτος ἀνὴρ γίνεται σοφοῖς, ὃς ἂν τὰ μέγιστ' ἀέθλων ἕλῃ P. 10.23

    , cf. P. 5.65 infra.
    I being demonstrative in same case as rel.

    δίδωσί τε Μοῖσαν οἷς ἂν ἐθέλῃ P. 5.65

    ὃς δ' ἀμφ ἀέθλοις ἄρηται κῦδος ἁβρόν, εὐαγορηθείς κέρδος ὕψιστον δέκεται I. 1.50

    II where the rel. is assimilated to the case of the antecedent. ἐν δὲ πείρᾳ τέλος διαφαίνεται ὧν τις ἐξοχώτερος γένηται ( τούτων ἅ) N. 3.71 τὰ δ' αὐτὸς ἀντιτύχῃ, ἔλπεταί τις ἕκαστος ἐξοχώτατα φάσθαι ( ταῦτα ὧν: ἄν τις τύχῃ codd., corr. Mingarelli) N. 4.91
    c where the antecedent does not correspond with the rel. in gender or number, v. P. 4.51 supra
    a
    II
    3 c. opt.
    a with definite antecedent. ἅπαντας ἐν οἴκῳ εἴρετο παῖδα, τὸν Εὐάδνα τέκοι (v. Goodwin, M & T, § 700) O. 6.49
    b add. κε/ἄν, v. P. 9.119 infra c.
    c antecedent omitted, being demonstrative assimilated to the case of the rel. θανεῖν δ' οἷσιν ἀνάγκα, τά κέ τις ἀνώνυμον γῆρας ἕψοι μάταν; (byz.: οἷς codd.) O. 1.82 εἶπε δ' ἐν μέσσοις ἀπάγεσθαι, ὃς ἂν πρῶτος θορὼν ἀμφί οἱ ψαύσειε πέπλοις (The oratio recta would be ὃς ἂν ψαύσῃ,” Gildersleeve) P. 9.119
    4 f. s. dat. pro adv., =

    ὡς. ζεῦξον ἤδη μοι σθένος ἡμιόνων ᾇ τάχος O. 6.23

    ἐνυπνίῳ δ' ᾇ τάχιστα πιθέσθαι κελήσατο μιν (Kayser: δ' ἇ, δαί, δέ codd.) O. 13.79
    5 exx. where rel. conj. is postponed within rel cl. as second word, O. 1.12, O. 1.82, O. 2.8, O. 2.23, O. 2.74, O. 6.85, O. 8.76, P. 4.10, P. 4.246, P. 5.10, P. 5.41, P. 5.82, P. 6.50, P. 9.44, I. 1.13, I. 7.25, fr. 12, Πα.., Παρθ. 2. 71: as third word, O. 5.12, O. 9.34, P. 2.5, N. 3.22,

    Κρητ]ῶν μαιομένων ὃς ἀνα[ίνετο] αὐταρχεῖν Pae. 4.36

    as fourth word, or more,

    ὠκυπόρων ἀπὸ ναῶν ὅ σφιν ἐν πόντῳ βάλεθ' ἁλικίαν P. 1.74

    λέγονται μὰν βροτῶν ὄλβον

    ὑπέρτατον οἳ σχεῖν P. 3.89

    ἐσσόμενον προιδεῖν συγγενὲς οἷς ἕπεται N. 1.28

    τὰς δὲ Θεοξένου ἀκτῖνας πρὸς ὄσσων μαρμαρυζοίσας δρακεὶς ὃς μὴ πόθῳ κυμαίνεται fr. 123. 4.
    6 in crasis, v. οὕνεκεν.
    7 fragg. ]

    νοιον ἃ σοὶ σε[ Πα.. 1 ]οῦν οἳ Ζην[ Pae. 6.154

    ]υἱὸν ἔτι τέξει· τὸν απ[ Pae. 10.21

    ἐγχώριαι, [ἀγ]λαὸς ἃς ἐν' ἑρκε[ (ἆς = ἕως Wil.)

    Πα. 12. 2. τόν ποτε[ Pae. 22.9

    ]τοὶ πρόιδ[ο]ν αἶσαν α[ (καί]τοι Schr.) fr. 140a. 49 (23) ]αδις, οὕς οἱ[ (οἱ encl. post vocalem P. ponere solet, nott. Snell) fr. 169, 51. ὃς Δολόπων ἄγαγε θρασὺν ὅμιλον fr. 183. B demonstrative (ὁ, τοῦ, [τοῖο coni.], τῷ, τόν, τοί, οἱ, τῶν, τοῖς, τοῖσιν), τούς; ἁ, τᾶς coni., τᾷ, τάν, ταί, αἱ, ταῖς, τάς; τό, τοῦ, τό, τά, τῶν, τά: ὅς, I. 2.11, v. A. 1. a. supra.)
    a

    μέν... δέ. ἀλλὁ μὲν Πυθῶνάδ' ᾤχετ ἰὼν. ἁ δὲ τίκτε θεόφρονα κοῦρον O. 6.37

    —9. [ τὸ μὲν τὸ δὲ, v. infra 5a, O. 7.23]

    ἐδόκησαν τάμνειν τέλος, τοὶ μὲν γένει φίλῳ σὺν Ἀτρέος Ἑλέναν κομίζοντες, οἱ δ' ἀπὸ πάμπαν εἴργοντες O. 13.58

    —9. [ τὰ μὲν τὰ δὲ. v. infra 5b, P. 2.65]

    Ἀσκλαπιόν. τὸν μὲν εὐίππου Φλεγύα θυγάτηρ πρὶν τελέσαι, κατέβα. ἁ δ' ἄλλον αἴνησεν γάμον P. 3.8

    —12.

    τοὺς μὲν ὦν λύσαις ἄλλον ἀλλοίων ἀχέων ἔξαγεν τοὺς δὲ τομαῖς ἔστασεν ὀρθούς P. 3.47

    —53.

    τοὺς μὲν μαλακαῖς ἐπαοιδαῖς ἀμφέπων, τοὺς δὲ προσανέα πίνοντας P. 3.51

    —2.

    ἐν δ' αὖτε χρόνῳ τὸν μὲν ὀξείαισι θύγατρες ἐρήμωσαν πάθαις εὐφροσύνας μέρος αἱ τρεῖς τοῦ δὲ παῖς P. 3.97

    —100. [διδύμους υἱοὺς τὸν μὲν Ἐχίονα, κεχλάδοντας ἥβᾳ, τὸν δ' Ἔρυτον (v. C. 1. a infra) P. 4.179] [ τὸ μὲν τὸ δ. v. 5. a infra P. 11.63—4.]

    τὸ μὲν δώσει, τὸ δ' οὔπω P. 12.32

    δράκοντας. τοὶ μὲν ἐς θαλάμου μυχὸν εὐρὺν ἔβαν. ὁ δ' ὀρθὸν μὲν ἄντεινεν κάρα N. 1.41

    —3. φυᾷ δ' ἕκαστος διαφέρομεν βιο-

    τὰν λαχόντες, ὁ μὲν τά, τὰ δ' ἄλλοι N. 7.55

    μεταμειβόμενοι δ' ἐναλλὰξ ἁμέραν τὰν μὲν παρὰ πατρὶ φίλῳ Δὶ νέμονται, τὰν δ ὑπὸ κεύθεσι γαίας ἐν γυάλοις Θεράπνας N. 10.55

    —6.

    ἀλλὰ βροτῶν τὸν μὲν κενεόφρονες αὖχαι ἐξ ἀγαθῶν ἔβαλον· τὸν δ' αὖ καταμεμφθέντ ἄγαν ἰσχὺν οἰκείων παρέσφαλεν καλῶν θυμός N. 11.29

    —30. ]ναόν· τὸν μὲν Ὑπερβορ[έοις] ἄνεμος ζαμενὴς ἔμειξ[ ], ὦ Μοῖσαι· τοῦ δὲ παντέχ[νοις] Ἁφαίστου παλάμαις καὶ Ἀθά[νας] τίς ὁ ῥυθμὸς ἐφαίνετο; ( τοῦ coni. Hunt: τον Π.) Πα... ἁ μὲν ἀχέταν Λίνον αἴλινον ὕμνει, ἁ δὲ Ὑμέναιον. ἁ δ' Ἰάλεμον Θρ. 3.. καὶ τοὶ μὲν ἵπποις γυμνασίοισι λτ;τεγτ;, τοὶ δὲ πεσσοῖς, τοὶ δὲ φορμίγγεσσι τέρπονται Θρ. 7. 6.
    b with μέν only
    I in μέν... δέ construction.

    ἄνθεμα δὲ χρυσοῦ φλέγει, τὰ μὲν χερσόθεν ἀπ' ἀγλαῶν δενδρέων, ὕδωρ δ ἄλλα φέρβει O. 2.73

    τὰ μὲν ἁμετέρα γλῶσσα ποιμαίνειν ἐθέλει, ἐκ θεοῦ δ' ἀνὴρ σοφαῖς ἀνθεῖ πραπίδεσσιν ὁμοίως O. 11.8

    τῷ μὲν Ἀπόλλων ἅ τε Πυθὼ κῦδος ἐξ ἀμφικτιόνων ἔπορεν ἱπποδρομίας. ἀπὸ δ' αὐτὸν ἐγώ P. 4.66

    τὸν μὲν οὐ γίνωσκον· ὀπιζομένων δ' ἔμπας τις εἶπεν καὶ τόδε P. 4.86

    τοὶ μὲν ἀλλάλοισι ἀμειβόμενοι γάρυον τοιαῦτ. ἀνὰ δ P. 4.93

    [ τὸ μὲν ὅτι μάκαρ δὲ καὶ νῦν ὅτι v. 5. a. infra. P. 5.15]

    τὰ μὲν παρίκει· τῶν νῦν δὲ P. 6.44

    [ὡς τὸ μὲν οὐδέν, ὁ δὲ χάλκεος ἀσφαλὲς αἰὲν ἕδος μένει οὐρανός v. 5. a infra N. 6.3]

    τὸν μὲν ἡμέροις ἀνάγκας χερσὶ βαστάζεις ἕτερον δ' ἑτέραις N. 8.3

    τοὶ μὲν ὦν Θήβαισι τιμάεντες ἀρχᾶθεν λέγονται ὅσσα δ ( τοί refers to Kleonymidai, v. 4) I. 4.7παῖδα τὸν μὲν ἄρρηκτον φυάν, θυμὸς δ' ἑπέσθω” anacoluthon I. 6.47

    τὰν μὲν πόλιος ᾤκισσεν ἁγεμόνα. σὲ δ I. 8.19

    ἀλλὰ τὰ μὲν παύσατε. βροτέων δὲ λεχέων τύχοισα υἱὸν εἰσιδέτω θανόντI. 8.35

    καὶ τὸ μὲν διδότω θεός. [ὁ δ] ἐχθρὰ νοήσαις ἤδη φθόνος οἴχεται Pae. 2.53

    b in μέν... τε construction. [ τὸ μὲν ὅτι ὅτι τε v. 5. a. infra P. 2.31] [dub. N. 11.46]

    ἕλκεα ῥῆξαν τὰ μὲν ἀμφ' Ἀχιλεῖ νεοκτόνῳ, ἄλλων τε μόχθων ἐν πολυφθόροις ἁμέραις N. 8.30

    τὸ μὲν ἔλευσεν· ἴδον τ' ἄποπτα[ (τό = Medusa's head, Lobel: fort. adv.) *d. 4. 39.
    g in μέν... ἀτάρ construction.

    οἱ μὲν κρίθεν· ἀτὰρ Ἰάσων P. 4.168

    c with δέ only
    I in μέν... δέ construction.

    παρὰ μὲν τιμίοις θεῶν οἵτινες ἔχαιρον εὐορκίαις ἄδακρυν νέμονται αἰῶνα, τοὶ δ' ἀπροσόρατον ὀκχέοντι πόνον O. 2.67

    αἵ γε μὲν ἀνδρῶν πόλλ' ἄνω, τὰ δ αὖ κάτω κυλίνδοντ ἐλπίδες O. 12.6

    πολλὰ δ' ἀνθρώποις παρὰ γνώμαν ἔπεσεν, ἔμπαλιν μὲν τέρψιος, οἱ δ ἀνιαραῖς ἀντικύρσαντες ζάλαις O. 12.11

    πολλοῖσι μὲν γὰρ. τὰ δὲ καὶ ἀνδράσιν ἐμπρέπει P. 8.28

    θάνεν μὲν αὐτὸς ἥρως Ἀτρείδας, ὁ δ' ἄρα γέροντα ξένον Στροφίον ἐξίκετο P. 11.34

    πολλὰ μὲν γὰρ ἐν κονίᾳ χέρσῳ, τὰ δὲ γείτονι πόντῳ φάσομαι N. 9.43

    ὃς μὲν ἀχρήμων, ἀφνεὸς τότε, τοὶ δ' αὖ πλουτέοντες fr. 124. 8. ἄλλαν μὲν σκέλος, ἄλλαν δὲ πᾶχ[υν], τὰν δὲ αὐχένα φέροισαν fr. 169. 31. ἀελλοπόδων μέν τιν' εὐφραίνοισιν ἵππων τιμαὶ καὶ στέφανοι, τοὺς δ ἐν πολυχρύσοις θαλάμοις βιοτά fr. 221. 3.
    II

    ὁ δέ... ὁ δέ. ἀφίκοντο δέ οἱ ξένοι ἔκ τ Ἄργεος ἔκ τε Θηβᾶν, οἱ δ Ἄρκαδες, οἱ δὲ καὶ Πισᾶται O. 9.67

    —8.
    III

    ἄλλος δέ... ὁ δέ. ἄλλαι δὲ δὔἐν Κορίνθου πύλαις ἐγένοντ ἔπειτα χάρμαι, ταὶ δὲ καὶ Νεμέας Ἐφαρμόστῳ κατὰ κόλπον O. 9.87

    IV where a μέν antithesis is suppressed.

    διασωπάσομαι οἱ μόρον ἐγώ· τὸν δ' ἐν Οὐλύμπῳ φάτναι Ζηνὸς ἀρχαῖαι δέκονται O. 13.92

    ὁπόθ' Ἁρμονίαν γᾶμεν βοῶπιν, ὁ δὲ Νηρέος εὐβούλου Θέτιν παῖδα κλυτάν ( ὁ μὲν Κάδμος suppressed) P. 3.92

    Νεστόρειον γὰρ ἵππος ἅρμ' ἐπέδα. ὁ δ ἔφεπεν κραταιὸν ἔγχος P. 6.33

    νέᾳ δ' εὐπραγίᾳ χαίρω τι· τὸ δ ἄχνυμαι, φθόνον ἀμειβόμενον τὰ καλὰ ἔργα P. 7.18

    Ἀγρέα καὶ Νόμιον, τοῖς δ' Ἀρισταῖον καλεῖν P. 9.65

    πολλὰ γάρ μιν παντὶ θυμῷ παρφαμένα λιτάνευεν. τοῖο δ' ὀργὰν κνίζον αἰπεινοὶ λόγοι (Hermann: τοῦ δὲ codd.: τοῖο refers to μιν) N. 5.32

    αὐτίκα γὰρ ἦλθε Λήδας παῖς διώκων. τοὶ δ' ἐναντίον στάθεν N. 10.66

    ἄραντο γὰρ νίκας ἀπὸ παγκρατίου τρεῖς ἀπ' Ἰσθμοῦ, τὰς δ ἀπ εὐφύλλου Νεμέας I. 6.61

    ἐλάφῳ· τὰν δ' ἐπ αὐχένι στρέφοισαν κάρα *fr. 107a. 6*. irregularly coordinated with rel., νίκαις, αἷς ἐν ἀιόνεσσιν Ὀγχη[στοῦ κλυ]τᾶς ταῖς δὲ ναὸν Ἰτωνίας α[ ]α χαίταν στεφάνοις ἐκόσμηθεν Παρθ. 2. 47. esp. after a speech, cf. Führer, Formproblem, 41—4,

    ὣς ἄρα μάνυε· τοὶ δ' οὔτ ὦν ἀκοῦσαι O. 6.52

    τὸν δὲ θαρσήσαις ἀγανοῖσι λόγοις ὧδ' ἀμείφθη ( ὣς μὲν ἔφα suppressed) P. 4.101

    τὸν δὲ Κένταυρος ζαμενὴς εὐθὺς ἀμείβετο P. 9.38

    τὸ δ' ἐναντίον ἔσκεν N. 5.31

    ὣς φάτο· τοὶ δ' ἐπὶ γλεφάροις νεῦσαν ἀθανάτοισιν I. 8.45

    d followed by progressive μέν, emphasising esp. subject of preceding sentence.

    τῷ μὲν ειλτ;γτ;πε O. 1.73

    τὸν μὲν ἀγάλλων θεὸς ἔδωκεν O. 1.86

    τᾷ μὲν ὁ Χρυσοκόμας πραύμητίν τ' Ἐλείθυιαν παρέστασ O. 6.41

    τὸν μὲν κνιζομένα λεῖπε χαμαί O. 6.44

    τῷ μὲν ὁ Χρυσοκόμας πλόον εἶπε O. 7.32

    τοῖσι μὲν ἐξεύχετ O. 13.60

    τῷ μὲν διδύμας χάριτας εἰ κατέβαν ἄγων P. 3.72

    ἓν παρ' ἐσλὸν πήματα σύνδυο δαίονται βροτοῖς ἀθάνατοι. τὰ μὲν ὦν οὐ δύνανται νήπιοι κόσμῳ φέρειν (but perhaps τά refers to the general distribution of good and ill) P. 3.82φῶτα. τὸν μὲν Φοῖβος ἀμνάσειP. 4.53

    ὣς φάτο· τὸν μὲν ἐσελθόντ' ἔγνον ὀφθαλμοὶ πατρός P. 4.120

    ἀλλὰ καὶ σκᾶπτον μόναρχον καὶ θρόνος, τὰ μὲν ἄνευ ξυνᾶς ἀνίας λῦσονP. 4.154 τῶν μὲν κλέος ἐσλὸν Εὐφάμου τ' ἐκράνθη σόν τε, ΠερικλύμενP. 4.174

    Κυράναν. ἁ μὲν οὔθ' ἱστῶν παλιμβάμους ἐφίλησεν ὁδούς P. 9.18

    ὁ μέν που τεοῖς τε μήδεσι τοῦτ' ἔπραξεν, τὸ δὲ συγγενὲς ἐμβέβακεν ἴχνεσιν πατρὸς (Tricl.: τεοῖσί τε codd.: τε del. Calliergus sec. Σ: refers to αὐτόν v. 8: perhaps ὁ μέν τὸ δέ is the correct antithesis) P. 10.11 τῷ μὲν Ἀλεκτρᾶν ὕπερθεν δαῖτα

    πορσύνοντες αὔξομεν I. 4.61

    τὸν μὲν κελήσατο νεκταρέαις σπονδαῖσιν ἄρξαι καρτεραίχμαν Ἀμφιτρυωνιάδαν I. 6.37

    τοῦ μὲν ἀντίθεοι ἀρίστευον υἱέες I. 8.24

    τὸν μὲν οὐδὲ θανόντ' ἀοιδαὶ ἔλιπον I. 8.56

    τὸν μὲν οὐ κατελέγχει κριτοῦ γενεὰ πατραδελφεοῦ I. 8.65

    adv. τὰ μέν, v. P. 11.46, N. 3.43, 5. b infra.
    e followed by progressive δέ, emphasising some previous word(s) not normally subject of the preceding sentence.

    Εὐρυτρίαιναν· ὁ δ' αὐτῷ πὰρ ποδὶ σχεδὸν φάνη O. 1.73

    ἐπί οἱ νεφέλαν ἀγκύλῳ κρατὶ κατέχευας· ὁ δὲ κνώσσων ὑγρὸν νῶτον αἰωρεῖ P. 1.8

    ( θεραπόντεσσιν.) “ τῶν δ' ἐλάθοντο φρένεςP. 4.41 ( συγγενέσιν.)

    οἱ δ' ἐπέσποντ P. 4.133

    τῶν δ' ἀκούσαις αὐτὸς ὑπαντίασεν (where τῶν refers to the subject of the preceding sentence) P. 4.135 τὰ δ' οὐκ ἐπ ἀνδράσι κεῖται (where τά refers to ἐσλά v. 73) P. 8.76

    ὁ δὲ τὰν εὐώλενον θρέψατο παῖδα Κυράναν P. 9.17

    ( ὥραισι καὶ Γαίᾳ.)

    ταὶ δ' νέκταρ ἐν χείλεσσιν καὶ ἀμβροσίαν στάξοισι P. 9.62

    ἢ ἑτέρῳ λέχει δαμαζομέναν ἔννυχοι πάραγον κοῖται; τὸ δὲ νέαις ἀλόχοις ἔχθιστον ἀμπλάκιον (τὸ = τοῦτο, summing up the previous sentence) P. 11.25 ( Τειρεσίαν.)

    ὁ δέ οἱ φράζε καὶ παντὶ στρατῷ N. 1.61

    ( Μοισᾶν.)

    αἱ δὲ πρώτιστον μὲν ὕμνησαν N. 5.25

    ( Νεοπτόλεμος.)

    ὁ δ' ἀποπλέων Σκύρου μὲν ἅμαρτε N. 7.36

    θρέψε δ' αἰχμὰν Ἀμφιτρύωνος. ὁ δ ὄλβῳ φέρτατος ἵκετ ἐς κείνου γενεάν ( is referred variously to Zeus and Amphitryon) N. 10.13 ἄνδωκε δ' αὐτῷ Τελαμών, ὀ δ ἀνατείναις οὐρανῷ χεῖρας ἀμάχους αὔδασε ( refers to αὐτῷ) I. 6.41 ( Θέμιν.) ἁ δὲ τίκτεν ἀλαθέας ὥρας (but perhaps δὲ balances μέν v. 1) fr. 30. 6. ὁ δὲ κηλεῖται Δ. 2. 21. ἁ δ' ἔργμασι[ Παρθ. 2.. ὁ δ ἄφ[αρ π]λεκτόν τε χαλκὸν ὑπερη[ (i. e. ?Herakles, who is the subject of the verb in v. 21) fr. 169. 26. τοὶ δ' αὐτ[ ?fr. 338. 9.
    f exx. with μέν... δέ, where the connection is obscured by lacuna. τοὶ δ' ἐπίμπλαν ἐσσύμενοι πίθους (? μέν suppressed) *fr. 104b. 3* δελφῖνος, τὸν μὲν ἀκύμονος ἐν πόντου πελάγει αὐλῶν ἐκίνησ' ἐρατὸν μέλος (?rel.) fr. 140b. 16. οἱ μὲν κατωκάρα δεσμοῖσι δέδενται fr. 161.
    g combined with γάρ. ( παισὶ Λήδας.)

    τοῖς γὰρ ἐπέτραπεν Οὔλυμπόνδ' ἰὼν θαητὸν ἀγῶνα νέμειν O. 3.36

    ( Κόρινθον.)

    ἐν τᾷ γὰρ Εὐνομία ναίει O. 13.6

    ( Κάστορος.)

    τὸν γὰρ Ἴδας ἔτρωσεν N. 10.60

    αἰῶνος εἴδωλον (nom.). τὸ γάρ ἐστι ἐκ θεῶν fr. 131b. 2.
    h combined with καί. εὐναὶ δὲ παράτροποι ἐς κακότατ' ἀθρόαν ἔβαλον· ποτὶ καὶ τὸν ἵκοντ ( ποτὶ τὸν καὶ coni. Mommsen) P. 2.36 esp. with general reference to preceding, τὸ καὶ ἀνδρὶ κώμου δεσπότᾳ πάρεστι Συρακοσίῳ (i. e. τὸ ἐπὶ Ἀμφιαράου ῥηθέν Σ.) O. 6.17

    ἰατὰ δ' ἐστὶ βροτοῖς σύν γ ἐλευθερίᾳ καὶ τά I. 8.15

    ἔδοξ' ἦρα καὶ ἀθανάτοις, ἐσλόν γε φῶτα καὶ φθίμενον ὕμνοις θεᾶν διδόμεν. τὸ καὶ νῦν φέρει λόγον I. 8.61

    cf. O. 6.56
    i combined with

    καί... γάρ. καὶ τοὶ γὰρ αἰθοίσας ἔχοντες σπέρμ' ἀνέβαν φλογὸς οὔ O. 7.48

    j followed by

    γε. περὶ δὲ πάξαις Ἄλτιν μὲν ὅγ' ἐν καθαρῷ διέκρινε O. 10.45

    τὸν δὲ τετράκναμον ἔπραξε δεσμὸν ἑὸν ὄλεθρον ὅγ P. 2.41

    [ τό γ' ἐπαρκέσαι (codd.: ὅ, τέ, σέ coni. edd.) N. 6.60]
    2 without particle.

    Πηλεύς τε καὶ Κάδμος ἐν τοῖσιν ἀλέγονται O. 2.78

    τὰν μεθέπων ἴδε καὶ κείναν χθόνα O. 3.31

    ἐθελήσω τοῖσιν ἐξ ἀρχᾶς ἀπὸ Τλαπολέμου ξυνὸν ἀγγέλλων διορθῶσαι λόγον O. 7.20

    ἀέθλοις. τῶν ἄνθεσι Διαγόρας ἐστεφανώσατο δίς O. 7.80

    τοὺς ἀγαγὼν ζεύγλᾳ πέλασσεν μοῦνος P. 4.227

    Διὸς ἀγῶνι. τόν, ὦ πολῖται, κωμάξατε Τιμοδήμῳ σὺν εὐκλέι νόστῳ N. 2.24

    τὸν ἐθάμβεον Ἄρτεμίς τε καὶ θρασεἶ Ἀθάνα ( τόν = Jason, subj. of preceding sentence) N. 3.50 ( ῥῆμα.) τό μοι θέμεν

    ὕμνου προκώμιον εἴη N. 4.9

    ἐλᾷ δὲ καὶ τέσσαρας ἀρετὰς ὁ θνατὸς αἰών, φρονεῖν δ' ἐνέπει τὸ παρκείμενον. τῶν οὐκ ἄπεσσι ( τῶν is referred by Σ, edd. to ἀρετάς, but should be considered as neuter) N. 3.76 Τηλεβόας ἔναρεν· τῷ ὄψιν ἐειδόμενος ἀθανάτων βασιλεὺς αὐλὰν ἐσῆλθεν (Mingarelli: ἔναιρεν· τί οἱ codd.: τῷ = Amphitryon) N. 10.15

    οὐ γὰρ ἦν πενταέθλιον, ἀλλ' ἐφ ἑκάστῳ ἔργματι κεῖτο τέλος. τῶν ἀθρόοις ἀνδησάμενοι θαμάκις ἔρνεσιν χαίταις ῥεέθροισί τε Δίρκας ἔφανεν I. 1.28

    λέγε, τίνες Κύκνον, τίνες Ἕκτορα πέφνον ; τοῖσιν Αἴγιναν προφέρει στόμα πάτραν I. 5.43

    ( νιν).

    τὸν αἰνεῖν ἀγαθῷ παρέχει I. 8.69

    ( τοκεῦσιν.)

    τοὶ σὺν πολέμῳ κτησάμενοι χθόνα πολύδωρον ὄλβον ἐγκατέθηκαν Pae. 2.59

    πεφόρητο δ' ἐπ Αἰγαῖον θαμά (sc. Ἀστερία· τᾶς ὁ κράτιστος ἐράσσατο. (ἇς = ἕως coni. G-H.) Πα. 7B. 50. ( Ἀφροδίτας.) ἀλλ' ἐγὼ τᾶς ἕκατι τάκομαι (Wil.: τᾶσδ Hermann: δεκατιτας codd.) fr. 123. 10. τοῖσι λάμπει μὲν μένος ἀελίου Θρ. 7. 1. with crasis, τοὔνεκα προῆκαν υἱὸν ἀθάνατοί οἱ πάλιν therefore O. 1.65
    3 prospective, referring to a following rel. cl.

    μῶμος ἐξ ἄλλων κρέμαται φθονεόντων τοῖς, οἷς ποτε O. 6.75

    ὁ δ' ὄλβιος, ὃν φᾶμαι κατέχωντ ἀγαθαί O. 7.10

    τοὺς μὲν ὦν, ὅσσοι μόλον, λύσαις ἄλλον ἀλλοίων ἀχέων ἔξαγεν P. 3.47

    cf. P. 7.18 λόγον φέρεις, τὸν ὅνπερ ποτ' Ὀικλέος παῖς ἐν ἑπταπύλοις ἰδὼν υἱοὺς Θήβαις αἰνίξατο (cf. C. 6. infra) P. 8.39
    4 τὰ καὶ τά, simm. ὁ μὰν πλοῦτος ἀρεταῖς δεδαιδαλμένος φέρει τῶν τε καὶ τῶν καιρὸν (τά τε ἀγαθὰ καὶ τὰ κακά Σ.) O. 2.53 ὁ Βάττου δ' ἕπεται παλαιὸς ὄλβος ἔμπαν τὰ καὶ τὰ νέμων ( τουτέστι τὰ ἀγαθὰ καὶ τὰ κακά Σ, but perhaps varied blessings is meant) P. 5.55 φαντί γε μὰν οὕτω κ' ἀνδρὶ παρμονίμαν θάλλοισαν εὐδαιμονίαν τὰ καὶ τὰ φέρεσθαι (ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀγαθὰ καὶ κακά Σ.) P. 7.22 σέο δ' ἀμφὶ τρόπῳ τῶν τε καὶ τῶν χρήσιες ( καὶ λόγων καὶ ἔργων Σ.) N. 1.30 ἔστιν δ' ἀφάνεια τύχας καὶ μαρναμένων, πρὶν τέλος ἄκρον ἱκέσθαι. τῶν τε γὰρ καὶ τῶν διδοῖ (ἄλλα γὰρ ἄλλοις ἡ τύχη δίδωσι Σ.) I. 4.33 Ζεὺς τά τε καὶ τὰ νέμει (καὶ τὰ ἀγαθὰ καὶ τὰ φαῦλα Σ.) I. 5.52

    ὁ πάντα τοι τά τε καὶ τὰ τεύχων σόν ἐγγυάλιξεν ὄλβον εὐρύοπα Κρόνου παῖς Pae. 6.132

    5 adverbial usages.
    a τό. ἴων ἀκτῖσι βεβρεγμένος ἁβρὸν σῶμα· τὸ καὶ κατεφάμιξε καλεῖσθαί νιν χρόνῳ σύμπαντι μάτηρ τοῦτ' ὄνυμ ἀθάνατον wherefore O. 6.56 τὸ μὲν γὰρ πατρόθεν ἐκ Διὸς εὔχονται. τὸ δ' Ἀμυντορίδαι ματρόθεν Ἀστυδαμείας on the one side... on the other O. 7.23

    αἱ δύο δ' ἀμπλακίαι φερέπονοι τελέθοντι· τὸ μὲν ἥρως ὅτι, ὅτι τε P. 2.31

    τὸ μὲν, ὅτι βασιλεὺς ἐσσί. μάκαρ δὲ καὶ νῦν, ὅτι in the first place P. 5.15 τό σφ' ἔχει κυπαρίσσινον μέλαθρον ἀμφ ἀνδριάντι σχεδόν ( wherefore: others interpret τό as rel.) P. 5.39 υἱοὶ θεῶν, τὸ μὲν παρ' ἆμαρ ἕδραισι Θεράπνας, τὸ δ οἰκέοντας ἔνδον Ὀλύμπου at one time... at another P. 11.63—4.

    ὡς τὸ μὲν οὐδέν, ὁ δὲ χάλκεος ἀσφαλὲς αἰὲν ἕδος μένει οὐρανός N. 6.3

    [ τὸ μὲν. v. B. 1. b. β, Δ.. 3.] τὸ δὲ κοι[ Θρ. 3. 4.
    b τά. τὰ δὲ Παρρασίῳ στρατῷ θαυμαστὸς ἐὼν φάνη then again O. 9.95 τὰ δὲ καί ποτ' ἐν ἀλκᾷ πρὸ Δαρδάνου τειχέων ἐδόκησαν then again O. 13.55 ὅθεν φαμὶ καὶ σὲ τὰν ἀπείρονα δόξαν εὑρεῖν τὰ μὲν ἐν ἱπποσόαισιν ἄνδρεσσι μαρνάμενον, τὰ δ' ἐν πεζομάχαισι sometimes... sometimes P. 2.65 τὰ δὲ καὶ ἀνδράσιν ἐμπρέπει then again P. 8.28 τὰ μὲν ἐν ἅρμασι καλλίνικοι πάλαι on the one hand i. e. as opp. to their exploits in athletics P. 11.46 Ἀχιλεὺς τὰ μὲν μένων Φιλύρας ἐν δόμοις at first N. 3.43 ἐν βάσσαισιν Ἰσθμοῦ δεξαμένῳ στεφάνους, τὰ δὲ κοίλᾳ λέοντος ἐν βαθυστέρνου νάπᾳ κάρυξε Θήβαν ἱπποδρομίᾳ κρατέων ( and further, μὲν being suppressed) I. 2.11
    c τῶ, v. τῶ.
    6 fragg.

    τοὶ τα[ Pae. 6.70

    ὁ δ' ἀντίον ἀνὰ κάρα τ ἄειρ[ε Pae. 20.10

    ὁ δ ἐπραυν[ε fr. 215b. 4. οἱ δ' ἄφνει πεποίθασιν ( ὁ δ' πέποιθεν v. l.) fr. 219. C articular. (ὁ, τοῦ, τόν, οἱ, τῶν; ἁ, τᾶς, τᾷ, τάν, αἱ, ταί, τᾶν, ταῖς, τάς; τό nom., acc.; τά, τῶν, τά: in crasis O. 1.45, O. 13.38, N. 7.104; O. 10.70, I. 2.10)
    1 c. subs. prop.
    a

    τᾶν Ὀλυμπιάδων O. 1.94

    ἅ τε Πίσα O. 3.9

    τᾶν κλεινᾶν Συρακοσσᾶν O. 6.6

    ὁ Χρυσοκόμας O. 6.41

    , O. 7.32

    ὅ τ' ἐξελέγχων μόνος ἀλάθειαν ἐτήτυμον Χρόνος O. 10.53

    τὰν ὀλβίαν Κόρινθον O. 13.4

    τὰν πατρὸς ἀντία Μήδειαν θεμέναν γάμον αὐτᾷ O. 13.53

    τᾶς ὀφιώδεος υἱόν ποτε Γοργόνος O. 13.64

    ὁ καρτερὸς Βελλεροφόντας O. 13.84

    ἅ τ' Ἐλευσίς, ἅ τ Εὔβοια O. 13.110

    ἁ Μινύεια O. 14.19

    τᾶν λιπαρᾶν ἀπὸ Θηβᾶν P. 2.3

    ὅ τ' ἐναγώνιος Ἑρμᾶς P. 2.10

    ὁ χρυσοχαῖτα Ἀπόλλων P. 2.16

    τὸ Καστόρειον P. 2.69

    ὁ δὲ Ῥαδάμανθυς P. 2.73

    ἅ τε Πυθώ P. 4.66

    τὸν μὲν Ἐχίονα τὸν δ' Ἔρυτον (contra Des Places, 44) P. 4.179

    τᾶς εὐδαίμονος ἀμφὶ Κυράνας P. 4.276

    αἱ μεγαλοπόλιες Ἀθᾶναι P. 7.1

    ὁ χαιτάεις Λατοίδας P. 9.5

    τὸ Πελινναῖον ἀπύει P. 10.4

    τὸν Ἱπποκλέαν P. 10.57

    τὸν Ἰφικλείδαν Ἰόλαον P. 11.59

    ταῖς μεγάλαις Ἀθάναις N. 2.8

    ἁ Σαλαμίς γε N. 2.13

    τὸν μέγαν πολεμιστὰν Ἀλκυονῆ N. 4.27

    ἁ Νεμέα μὲν ἄραρεν N. 5.44

    διὰ τὸν ἁδυεπῆ γενέσθ' Ὅμηρον N. 7.21

    ὁ καρτερὸς Αἴας N. 7.26

    τὰν νεοκτίσταν ἐς Αἴτναν N. 9.2

    ἐκ τᾶς ἱερᾶς Σικυῶνος N. 9.53

    ὁ Τυνδαρίδας N. 10.73

    τὸν ἀκερσεκόμαν Φοῖβον I. 1.7

    ἁ Μοῖσα γὰρ I. 2.6

    ταῖς λιπαραῖς ἐν Ἀθάναις I. 2.20

    τὰν πυροφόρον Λιβύαν I. 4.54

    τὰν κυανάμπυκα Θήβαν fr. 29. 3. ἁ Κοιογενὴς fr. 33d. 3.

    ὁ παντελὴς Ἐνιαυτὸς Pae. 1.5

    ἀλλ' ὅ γε Μέλαμπος Pae. 6.28

    ἐς τὸν βαθὺν Τάρταρον Pae. 4.44

    ὁ πόντιος Ὀρσιτρίαινα Pae. 9.47

    ἐν ταῖς ἱεραῖς Ἀθάναις fr. 75. 4. ὦ ταὶ λιπαραὶ καὶ ἰοστέφανοι καὶ ἀοίδιμοι, Ἑλλάδος ἔρεισμα, κλειναὶ Ἀθᾶναι fr. 76. 1. τὰν λιπαρὰν μὲν Αἴγυπτον ἀγχίκρημνον fr. 82. ὁ [Λοξ]ίας Παρθ. 2. 3. ὁ Μοισαγέτας με καλεῖ χορεῦσαι Ἀπόλλων fr. 94c. 1. ἀπὸ τᾶς ἀγλαοκάρπου Σικελίας ( τᾶς del. Schr.) fr. 106. 6. τῶ[ν..Λο]κρῶν τις (supp. Wil.) fr. 140b. 4.
    b c. subs., in apposition to subs. prop.

    Χρόνος, ὁ πάντων πατήρ O. 2.17

    Μήδειαν τὰν Πελίαο φονόν P. 4.250

    Ζεὺς ὁ θεῶν σκοπὸς Pae. 6.94

    Νηρεὺς δ' ὁ γέρων Pae. 15.4

    Νόμος ὁ πάντων βασιλεύς fr. 169. 1.
    c c. gen., sc.

    υἱός. τὸν Αἰνησιδάμου O. 2.46

    Σᾶμος ὁ Ἁλιροθίου (Boeckh: om. codd.) O. 10.70

    βία Φώκου κρέοντος, ὁ τᾶς θεοῦ N. 5.13

    d c. gen., in apposition.

    πόσις ὁ πάντων Ῥέας ὑπέρτατον ἐχοίσας θρόνον O. 2.77

    παῖς ὁ Λατοῦς O. 8.31

    παῖς ὁ Λικυμνίου Οἰωνός O. 10.65

    παῖς ὁ Θεαρίωνος Σωγένης N. 7.7

    2 c. subs.
    a

    ὁ δὲ χρυσὸς O. 1.1

    τὸ δὲ κλέος O. 1.93

    ὁ μὰν πλοῦτος O. 2.53

    τῶν δὲ μόχθων O. 8.7

    ὁ δὲ λόγος P. 1.35

    τὸν εὐεργέταν P. 2.24

    ἁ δ' ἀρετὰ P. 3.114

    ὁ γὰρ καιρὸς P. 4.286

    ὁ πλοῦτος P. 5.1

    τὸν εὐεργέταν P. 5.44

    ὁ χρυσὸς N. 4.82

    τᾶς θεοῦ N. 5.13

    εἰ γὰρ ἦν ἓ τὰν ἀλάθειαν ἰδέμεν (Boeckh: ἑὰν, ἐὰν codd., Σ.) N. 7.25

    ὁ μάρτυς N. 7.49

    ἁ κέλευθος I. 2.33

    ὁ κινητὴρ δὲ γᾶς I. 4.19

    τίς ὁ ῥυθμὸς ἐφαίνετο; Pae. 8.67

    τὰν παῖδα δε[ Πα. 22.i. 2. ἕρπε τὸ σὰν κίβδηλον Δ. 2. 2. τὸ δ' ὄργανον (acc.) *fr. 107b. 2* Διὸς παῖς ὁ χρυσός fr. 222. 1. ἁ μὲν πόλις Αἰακιδᾶν fr. 242.
    b with intervening adj.

    ὁ πολύφατος ὕμνος O. 1.8

    ὁ μέγας δὲ κίνδυνος O. 1.81

    τὸν ἀλαθῆ λόγον O. 1.28

    τὸν εὐνομώτατον ἐς ἔρανον O. 1.37

    τὸ δ' αἰεὶ παράμερον ἐσλὸν O. 1.99

    τὸν ὅλον ἀμφὶ χρόνον O. 2.30

    τὸν εὔφρονα πότμον O. 2.36

    τὰν σὰν πόλιν O. 5.4

    τὰν νέοικον ἕδραν O. 5.8

    τὰν ποντίαν ὑμνέων παῖδ' Ἀφροδίτας O. 7.13

    ὁ δ' ἐπαντέλλων χρόνος O. 8.28

    ὁ μέλλων χρόνος O. 10.7

    τὸν ἐγκώμιον ἀμφὶ τρόπον O. 10.77

    τὸ συγγενὲς ἦθος O. 13.13

    τὰ πολλὰ βέλεα O. 13.95

    τὸν αἰχματὰν

    κεραυνὸν P. 1.5

    ὁ πᾶς χρόνος P. 1.46

    τὸν προσέρποντα χρόνον P. 1.56

    ὁ Φοίνιξ ὁ Τυρσανῶν τ' ἀλαλατὸς P. 1.72

    τὰν εὔυδρον ἀκτὰν P. 1.79

    αἱ δύο δ' ἀμπλακίαι P. 2.30

    τὸν δὲ τετράκναμον δεσμὸν P. 2.40

    τὰν πολύκοινον ἀγγελίαν P. 2.41

    τὰν ἀπείρονα δόξαν P. 2.64

    ὁ λάβρος στρατός P. 2.87

    τὰν δ' ἔμπρακτον ἄντλει μαχανάν P. 3.62

    ὁ μέγας πότμος P. 3.86

    τὸ πάγχρυσον νάκος acc. P. 4.68

    τὸν δὲ παμπειθῆ γλυκὺν πόθον P. 4.184

    τὰν ἀκίνδυνον αἰῶνα P. 4.186

    τὸ κλεεννότατον μέγαρον (nom.) P. 4.280

    τὰν θεόσδοτον δύναμιν P. 5.13

    αὐτοῦ μένων δ' ὁ θεῖος ἀνὴρ P. 6.38

    τὰ καλὰ ἔργα P. 7.19

    ὁ Παρνάσσιος μυχὸς P. 10.8

    ὁ χάλκεος οὐρανὸς P. 10.27

    τό τ' ἀναγκαῖον λέχος acc. P. 12.15 [ τὸν ἐχθρότατον μόρον codd. N. 1.65]

    τὸν ἅπαντα χρόνον N. 1.69

    ὁ θνατὸς αἰών ( om. codd.: supp. Tricl.) N. 3.75

    αἱ δὲ σοφαὶ Μοισᾶν θύγατρες N. 4.2

    τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἐργμάτων N. 4.83

    Μοισᾶν ὁ κάλλιστος χορός N. 5.23

    τὰ καλά σφιν ἔργ' ἐκόμισαν N. 6.30

    ταὶ μεγάλαι γὰρ ἀλκαὶ N. 7.12

    τὰ τέρπν' ἄνθἐ Ἀφροδίσια acc. N. 7.53

    τῶν ἀρειόνων ἐρώτων N. 8.5

    τὸ κρατήσιππον γὰρ ἐς ἅρμ' ἀναβαίνων N. 9.4

    τὰν βαθύστερνον χθόνα N. 9.25

    Ἥρας τὸν εὐάνορα λαὸν N. 10.36

    τὸ θαητὸν δέμας acc. N. 11.12

    τὸν μόρσιμον αἰῶνα I. 7.41

    τὸ πάντολμον σθένος acc. fr. 29. 4.

    τὸν εὐρυφαρέτραν ἑκαβόλον Pae. 6.111

    τὰν θεμίξενον ἀρετάν Pae. 6.131

    ὁ παγκρατὴς κεραυνὸς Δ. 2. 1. τᾶν τ' ἐαριδρόπων ἀοιδᾶν fr. 75. 6. ἐπὶ τὸν κισσοδαῆ θεόν ( τὸν om. unus cod., fort. recte) fr. 75. 9. τὸν ἱρόθυτον θάνατον (verba secl. Sternbach) fr. 78. 3. τὸ σὸν αὐτοῦ μέλι γλάζεις (Wil.: τὸ σαυτου, τὸ σαυτα μέλος codd.) fr. 97. τὸ φαιδρὸν φάος acc. fr. 109. 2. τᾶς χλωρᾶς λιβάνου (Tittmann: τὰν, τὰς codd.) fr. 122. 3. τὸν λοιπὸν χρόνον fr. 133. 5. ταῖς ἱεραῖσι μελίσσαις fr. 158. τὸν ἀχρεῖον λόγον fr. 180. 1. ὁ κρατιστεύων λόγος fr. 180. 3.
    c with intervening phrase, e. g. gen.

    μετὰ τὸ ταχύποτμον ἀνέρων ἔθνος O. 1.66

    μνᾶμα τῶν Οὐλυμπίᾳ κάλλιστον ἀέθλων O. 3.15

    παρὰ τὸν ἁλικίας ἐοικότα χρόνονO. 4.27

    αἱ δὲ φρενῶν ταραχαὶ O. 7.30

    ὀξειᾶν ὁ γενέθλιος ἀκτίνων πατὴρ O. 7.70

    ὅ τ' ἐν Ἄργει χαλκὸς ἔγνω μιν O. 7.83

    [ τὰν δ' ἔπειτ ἀνδρῶν μάχαν (codd.: μάχας Schr.) O. 8.58]

    τὸ μὲν Ἀρχιλόχου μέλος O. 9.1

    τὸν Ὀλυμπιονίκαν Ἀρχεστράτου παῖδα O. 10.1

    ὁ δ' ἄῤ ἐν Πίσᾳ ἔλσαις ὅλον τε στρατὸν λᾴαν τε πᾶσαν Διὸς ἄλκιμος υἱὸς O. 10.43

    τὸ δὲ κύκλῳ πέδον O. 10.46

    τὰν πολέμοιο δόσιν O. 10.56

    τὰν παρ' ὅρκον καὶ παρὰ ἐλπίδα κτίσιν O. 13.83

    ταί θ' ὑπ Αἴτνας ὑψιλόφου καλλίπλουτοι πόλιες O. 13.111

    ταί θ' ὑπὲρ Κύμας ἁλιερκέες ὄχθαι P. 1.18

    τὰν Φιλοκτήταο δίκαν P. 1.50

    ὁ Φοίνιξ ὁ Τυρσανῶν τ' ἀλαλατὸς P. 1.72

    τᾶν πρὸ Κιθαιρῶνος μαχᾶν (Wil.: τὰν μάχαν codd.) P. 1.77

    τὸν δὲ ταύρῳ χαλκέῳ καυτῆρα νηλέα νόον Φάλαριν P. 1.95

    τὸν δ' ἀμφέποντ αἰεὶ δαίμον P. 3.108

    τὸ Μηδείας ἔπος P. 4.9

    τᾶν ἐν δυνατῷ φιλοτάτωνP. 4.92

    τὰν Οἰδιπόδα σοφίαν P. 4.263

    οὐ τὰν Ἐπιμηθέος ἄγων ὀψινόου θυγατέρα Πρόφασιν P. 5.27

    τὸ καλλίνικον λυτήριον δαπανᾶν μέλος χαρίεν P. 5.106

    ἁ δικαιόπολις ἀρεταῖς κλειναῖσιν Αἰακιδᾶν θιγοῖσα νᾶσος P. 8.22

    τὸν δὲ σύγκοιτον γλυκὺν παῦρον ἐπὶ γλεφάροις ὕπνον ἀναλίσκοισα P. 9.23

    τᾷ Δαιδάλου δὲ μαχαίρᾳ N. 4.59

    ὁ δὲ λοιπὸς εὔφρων ποτὶ χρόνος ἕρποι N. 7.67

    τὸ δ' ἐμὸν οὔ ποτε φάσει κέαρ N. 7.102

    οἵ τ' ἀνὰ Σπάρταν Πελοπηιάδαι N. 8.12

    ταῖς Ἐπάφου παλάμαις N. 10.5

    καὶ τὸν Ἰσθμοῖ καὶ Νεμέᾳ στέφανον N. 10.25

    τὸ δὲ Πεισάνδρου πάλαι αἷμ acc. N. 9.33 τὸ τεόν, χρύσασπι Θήβα, πρᾶγμα acc. I. 1.1

    τὰν ἁλιερκέα Ἰσθμοῦ δειράδ I. 1.9

    τεύχων τὸ μὲν ἅρματι τεθρίππῳ γέρας. τὰν Ἀσωποδώρου πατρὸς αἶσαν I. 1.34

    τὸν Μινύα τε μυχόν I. 1.56

    τὸ Δάματρος κλυτὸν ἄλσος Ἐλευσῖνα acc. I. 1.57

    Πρωτεσίλα, τὸ τεὸν δ' ἀνδρῶν Ἀχαιῶν ἐν Φυλάκᾳ τέμενος συμβάλλομαι I. 1.58

    οἱ μὲν πάλαι, ὦ Θρασύβουλε, φῶτες I. 2.1

    νῦν δ' ἐφίητι λτ;τὸγτ; τὠργείου φυλάξαι ῥῆμ (supp. Heyne: om. codd.) I. 2.9

    τὸ δ' ἐμὸν οὐκ ἄτερ Αἰακιδᾶν κέαρ ὕμνων γεύεται I. 5.19

    ὁ Κλεονίκου παῖς I. 6.16

    καὶ τὸν βουβόταν οὔρει ἴσον Φλέγραισιν εὑρὼν Ἀλκυονῆ I. 6.32

    τὸν Ἀργείων τρόπον I. 6.58

    τὰν Ψαλυχιδᾶν τε πάτραν I. 6.63

    τόν δὲ Θεμιστίου ὀρθώσαντες οἶκον I. 6.65

    τίνι τῶν πάρος, ὦ μάκαιρα Θήβα, καλῶν ἐπιχωρίων I. 7.1

    ὅ τοι πτερόεις ἔρριψε Πάγασος I. 7.44

    τὸν ὑπὲρ κεφαλᾶς γε Ταντάλου λίθον I. 8.9

    τὰν Ἀγαμήδει Τρεφωνίῳ θ' ἑκαταβόλου συμβουλίαν λαβών fr. 2. 2. τὰν Διωνύσου πολυγαθέα τιμὰν fr. 29. 5. ἄνακτα τὸν πάντων ὑπερβάλλοντα Χρόνον μακάρων fr. 33. τὸ μηδὲν ἄγαν ἔπος acc. fr. 35b. τὸν τρικάρανον Πτωίου κευθμῶνα κατέσχεθε fr. 51b.

    τὰν δὲ λαῶν γενεὰν Pae. 1.9

    [ὁ δ] ἐχθρὰ νοήσαις ἤδη φθόνος Pae. 2.54

    τὸ δὲ οἴκοθεν ἄστυ nom. Πα.. 32. τὰ θεῶν βουλεύματ acc. fr. 61. 3. τὰς δὲ Θεοξένου ἀκτῖνας fr. 123. 2. τὰν ἐνθάδε νύκτα Θρ.. 2. τὸν ἄπειρον ἐρεύγονται σκότον fr. 130 ad Θρ.. τὸν ὕπερθεν ἅλιον fr. 133. 2. τὸν Ἰάσονος εὔδοξον πλόον fr. 172. 6. ταὶ δὲ Χίρωνος ἐντολαί (Hermann: αἱ codd.) fr. 177c. ὁ γὰρ ἐξ οἴκου ποτὶ μῶμον ἔπαινος κίρναται *fr. 181* ἁ Μειδύλου δ' αὐτῷ γενεά fr. 190.
    d where a sentence or major part thereof intervenes between article and noun, so that the usage is almost demonstrative.

    τῶν γὰρ πεπραγμένων ἔργων τέλος O. 2.15

    ἅ μ' ἐθέλοντα προσέρπει ματρομάτωρ ἐμὰ (but v. A. 1. a supra) O. 6.83

    τὸ γὰρ ἐμφυὲς ἦθος O. 11.19

    αἵ γε μὲν ἀνδρῶν ἐλπίδες O. 12.5

    ταὶ Διωνύσου χάριτες O. 13.18

    ὁ δ' ἦρα χρόνῳ ἵκετ ἀνὴρ ἔκπαγλος P. 4.78

    [ τάν ποτε Καλλίσταν ἀπῴκησαν χρόνῳ νᾶσον (Boeckh: ἂν codd.: ἔν Chaeris) P. 4.258]

    ὁ Βάττου δ' ἕπεται παλαιὸς ὄλβος P. 5.55

    τὸ δ' ἐμὸν γαρύει ἀπὸ Σπάρτας ἐπήρατον κλέος (v. γαρύω) P. 5.72

    τὸ δ' ἐν ποσί μοι τράχον ἴτω τεὸν χρέος P. 8.32

    φυᾷ τὸ γενναῖον ἐπιπρέπει ἐκ πατέρων παισὶ λῆμαP. 8.44 ὁ δὲ καμὼν προτέρᾳ πάθᾳἌδραστος ἥρωςP. 8.48

    ὁ δὲ τὰν εὐώλενον θρέψατο παῖδα Κυράναν P. 9.17

    ἤτοι τό τε θεσπέσιον Φόρκοἰ ἀμαύρωσεν γένος P. 12.13

    ὄφρα τὸν Εὐρυάλας γόον P. 12.20

    τὰν πολυξέναν νᾶσον Αἴγιναν N. 3.2

    ὁ δ' εὖ φράσθη Ζεὺς N. 5.34

    ὁ δὲ χάλκεος οὐρανός N. 6.3

    ὁ δ' Ζεὺς N. 9.24

    ἐν ᾇ καὶ τὸν ἀδείμαντον Ἀλκμήνα τέκεν παῖδα I. 1.12

    [cf.

    τὸν μὲν κτἑ I. 6.37

    ]

    ὁ δ' ἀθανάτων μὴ θρασσέτω φθόνος I. 7.39

    τὸ δὲ πρὸ ποδὸς ἄρειον ἀεὶ βλέπειν χρῆμα πάν I. 8.12

    ἁ δὲ τὰς τίκτεν ἀλαθέας ὥρας fr. 30. 6.

    ὁ πάντα τοι τά τε καὶ τὰ τεύχων σὸν ἐγγυάλιξεν ὄλβον εὐρύοπα Κρόνου παῖς Pae. 6.132

    τὸν ἀοιδότατον τρέφον κάλαμον fr. 70. 1. ὁ δὲ Καινεὺς Θρ. 6. 7. repeated, ὁ ζαμενὴς δ' ὁ χοροιτύπος ὃν Μαλέας ὄρος ἔθρεψε, Ναίδος ἀκοίτας Σιληνός fr. 156. cf.

    πρὶν γενέσθαι τὰν Ἀδράστου τάν τε Καδμείων ἔριν N. 8.51

    e in apposition, with phrase following.

    στέφανων ἄωτον γλυκὺν τῶν Οὐλυμπίᾳ O. 5.2

    ἐρέω ταύταν χάριν, τὰν δ' ἔπειτ ἀνδρῶν μάχας ἐκ παγκρατίου (Schr.: μάχαν codd.) O. 8.58

    ὕβριν ἰδὼν τὰν πρὸ Κύμας P. 1.72

    τῶν δ' Ὁμήρου καὶ τόδε συνθέμενος ῥῆμα πόρσυν P. 4.277

    φροντίδα τὰν πὰρ ποδός P. 10.62

    βοτάνα τέ νίν ποθ' ἁ λέοντος νικάσαντ ἤρεφε N. 6.42

    παίδων τε παῖδες ἔχοιεν αἰεὶ γέρας τό περ νῦν καὶ ἄρειον ὄπιθεν (fort. rel.?) N. 7.101

    κρέσσων δὲ καππαύει δίκαν τὰν πρόσθεν ἀνήρ N. 9.15

    ἱπποτρόφον ἄστυ τὸ Προίτοιο θάλησενN. 10.41
    3 c. adj., part.
    a adj.

    ἅπαντα τὰ μείλιχα O. 1.30

    τὸ δ' ἔσχατον O. 1.113

    τὰ δ' ἐν τᾷδε Διὸς ἀρχᾷ ἀλιτρὰ O. 2.58

    ἐς δὲ τὸ πὰν ἑρμανέων χατίζει O. 2.85

    οἱ δύο O. 8.38

    τὰ τέρπν O. 9.28

    τὰ τοιαῦτ O. 9.40

    τὸ δὲ σαφανὲς O. 10.55

    τά τε τερπνὰ καὶ τὰ γλυκέα O. 14.5

    οἱ σοφοὶ P. 2.88

    τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς P. 2.96

    τὰ καλὰ τρέψαντες ἔξω P. 3.83

    τὸν μονοκρήπιδα P. 4.75

    τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς P. 4.285

    ὁ δ' ἀρχαγέτας ἔδωκ Ἀπόλλων P. 5.60

    [ τὸ δ' ἐμὸν (v. γαρύω) P. 5.72] τὸ λοιπὸν (adv.) P. 5.118 τὸ μαλθακὸν acc. P. 8.6

    τὸ μὲν μέγιστον τόθι χαρμάτων ὤπασας P. 8.64

    τὸ τερπνὸν nom. P. 8.93

    τὸν ἐχθρὸν P. 9.95

    τὸ δὲ συγγενὲς nom. P. 10.12

    τῶν δ' ἐν Ἑλλάδι τερπνῶν P. 10.19

    τὰ μέγιστ acc. P. 10.24 Μοῖσα, τὸ δὲ τεόν nom. P. 11.41

    τὰ μέσα P. 11.52

    τὸ δὲ μόρσιμον οὐ παρφυκτὸν P. 12.30

    τὸ γὰρ οἰκεῖον πιέζει N. 1.53

    τὸ καλλίνικον N. 3.18

    τὰ μακρὰ N. 4.33

    τὸ μόρσιμον N. 4.61

    , N. 7.44

    τὸ συγγενὲς N. 6.8

    τὸ τερπνὸν N. 7.74

    τὸ μὲν λαμπρὸν τῶν δ' ἀφάντων N. 8.34

    τὸ τὠργείου φυλάξαι ῥῆμ I. 2.9

    τὸν ἐσλόν I. 2.7

    τῶν ἀπειράτων I. 4.30

    τὸν ἐχθρόν I. 4.48

    τὸν φέρτατον θεῶν I. 7.5

    τὰ μακρὰ I. 7.43

    τὸ δὲ πὰρ δίκαν γλυκὺ I. 7.47

    τὸ μὲν ἐμόν I. 8.38

    ὁ κράτιστος Πα. 7B. 50.

    τὸ πάντων ἔργων ἱερώτ[ατον] Pae. 8.74

    τὸ δὲ μὴ Δὶ φίλτερον fr. 81 ad Δ. 2. τὸ κοινόν fr. 109. τὸ πάν fr. 140d. τὸ βιαιότατον fr. 169. 3.
    b in apposition.

    παῖς ὁ κισσοφόρος O. 2.27

    ἄλσος ἁγνὸν τὸ τεὸν O. 5.12

    θεῶν βασιλεὺς ὁ μέγας O. 7.34

    καλλίνικος ὁ τριπλόος κεχλαδὼς O. 9.2

    πλοῦτος ὁ λαχὼν ποιμένα O. 10.88

    Χίρωνα τὸν ἀποιχόμενον P. 3.3

    θύγατρες αἱ τρεῖς P. 3.97

    Ζεὺς ὁ γενέθλιος ἀμφοτέροιςP. 4.167 καί τινα σὺν πλαγίῳ ἀνδρῶν κόρῳ στείχοντα τὸν ἐχθρότατον φᾶσέ νιν δώσειν μόρῳ (Boeckh: μόρον codd.: τῷ ἐχθροτάτῳ μόρῳ Beck: alii alia) N. 1.65

    ὁ Τελαμωνιάδας N. 4.47

    λόγον Αἰακοῦ παίδων τὸν ἅπαντα N. 4.72

    [ προπάτωρ ὁ σὸς (codd.: del. Boeckh) N. 4.89] ὅμιλος ἀνδρῶν ὁ πλεῖστος N.7.24.

    ὡς παισὶ κλέος μὴ τὸ δύσφαμον προσάψω N. 8.37

    ζωᾶς ἄωτον τὸν ἄλπνιστον I. 5.12

    κόμπον τὸν ἐοικότ I. 5.24

    Ζεὺς ὁ πάντων κύριος I. 5.53

    λόγον τὸν ἐθέλοντα γενέσθαι Pae. 2.79

    Ἀπόλλων ὁ χρυσοκόμας Pae. 5.41

    Τέρπανδρός ποθ' ὁ Λέσβιος fr. 125. 1. θεὸς ὁ πάντα τεύχων βροτοῖς fr. 141. ἐσθὰς δ' ἀμφοτέρα μιν ἔχεν, ἅ τε Μαγνήτων ἐπιχώριος ἁρμόζοισα θαητοῖσι γυίοις, ἀμφὶ δὲ (where the τε δέ connection is irregular) P. 4.80
    c c. part.

    ὁ νικῶν O. 1.97

    τὸ μέλλον O. 2.56

    σοφὸς ὁ πολλὰ εἰδὼς φυᾷ O. 2.86

    ὁ δὲ πάλᾳ κυδαίνων Ἔχεμος Τεγέαν O. 10.66

    τῶν δὲ μελλόντων O. 12.9

    τά τ' ἐσσόμενα O. 13.103

    τῶν ἀπεόντων P. 3.20

    τὰ ἐοικότα P. 3.59

    ὁ δὲ καλόν τι νέον λαχών P. 8.88

    τό γ' ἐν ξυνῷ πεποναμένον εὖ P. 9.93

    ὁ δὲ χαμηλὰ πνέων P. 11.30

    τὸ παρκείμενον N. 3.75

    λόγον ὁ μὴ συνιείς N. 4.31

    τὸ δὲ πὰρ ποδὶ ναὸς ἑλισσόμενον αἰεὶ κυμάτων N. 6.55

    ὁ πονήσαις δὲ νόῳ I. 1.40

    τὸ σεσωπαμένον I. 1.63

    τῶν τότ' ἐόντων I. 4.27

    ὁ δ' ἐθέλων τε καὶ δυνάμενος ἁβρὰ πάσχειν fr. 2. 1. τιν' ἄνδρα τῶν θανόντων fr. 4. τῷ παρέοντι fr. 43. 4.

    τῶν γὰρ ἀντομένων Pae. 2.42

    τὸ δ' εὐβουλίᾳ τε καὶ αἰδοῖ ἐγκείμενον Pae. 2.52

    ὁ δὲ καλόν τι πονήσαις Pae. 2.66

    τά τ ἐόντα τε κα[ὶ ] πρόσθεν γεγενημένα Pae. 8.83

    ὁ δὲ μηδὲν ἔχων Παρθ. 1.. τὸ πεπρωμένον fr. 232.
    4 c. inf., pro subs.

    τὸ δὲ τυχεῖν O. 2.51

    τὸ λαλαγῆσαι O. 2.97

    τὸ διδάξασθαι O. 8.59

    τὸ μὴ προμαθεῖν O. 8.60

    τό γε λοιδορῆσαι O. 9.37

    τὸ καυχᾶσθαι O. 9.38

    τὸ δὲ παθεῖν P. 1.99

    τὸ πλουτεῖν δὲ P. 2.56

    καὶ τὸ σιγᾶν N. 5.18

    ὦ Μέγα, τὸ δ' αὖτις τεὰν ψυχὰν κομίξαι οὔ μοι δυνατόν N. 8.44

    τὸ δὲ φυγεῖν Δ... τὸ γὰρ πρὶν γενέ[σθαι (G-H, sed alia possis) Παρθ. 1. 20.
    5 c. adv.
    a pro subs.

    τῶν γε νῦν O. 1.105

    τὸ πόρσω δ' ἐστὶ σοφοῖς ἄβατον κἀσόφοις O. 3.44

    νεότατος τὸ πάλιν ἤδη O. 10.87

    τῶν πάροιθε P. 2.60

    τὰ πόρσω P. 3.22

    τῶν πάλαι P. 6.40

    τῶν νῦν δὲ P. 6.43

    ὁ δ' ἐχθρὰ νοήσαις ἤδη φθόνος οἴχεται τῶν πάλαι προθανόντων ( τῶν προθανόντων?) P. 2.56
    b pro adv.

    τὸ πολλάκις O. 1.32

    ἀμφοτέροις ὁμοῖοι τοκεῦσι, τὰ ματρόθεν μὲν κάτω τὰ δ' ὕπερθε πατρός P. 2.48

    εἶδον γὰρ τὰ πόλλ' ἐν ἀμαχανίᾳ ψογερὸν Ἀρχίλοχον P. 2.54

    τὸ νῦν τε καὶ τὸ λοιπὸν P. 5.117

    τὸ δὲ οἴκοθεν ἀντία πράξειP. 8.51 τὸ πρῶτονP. 9.41

    τὸ πρίν P. 11.39

    τό γέ νυν P. 11.44

    τὰ πόλλ N. 2.2

    τὸ πρῶτον N. 3.49

    τὸ λοιπὸν N. 7.45

    τὸ πάροιθε fr. 33d. 1. τίμαθεν γὰρ τὰ πάλαι τὰ νῦν τ' Παρθ. 2. 42.
    6 c. subs. phrase.

    τὸ δὲ φυᾷ κράτιστον ἅπαν O. 9.100

    Ἰσθμοῖ τά τ' ἐν Νεμέᾳ O. 13.98

    τὰ δ' Ὀλυμπίᾳ O. 13.101

    τὰ δ' ὑπ ὀφρύι Παρνασσίᾳ O. 13.106

    ἀνέχει τότε μὲν τὰ κείνων P. 2.89

    τὸ πὰρ ποδός P. 3.60

    τὰ δ' εἰς ἐνιαυτὸν P. 10.63

    τῶν γὰρ ἀνὰ πόλιν εὑρίσκων τὰ μέσα μακροτέρῳ ὄλβῳ τεθαλότα P. 11.52

    τὰ δ' οἴκοι μάσσον ἀριθμοῦ N. 2.23

    Γαδείρων τὸ πρὸς ζόφον οὐ περατόν N. 4.69

    τὰ μὲν ἀμφὶ πόνοις ὑπερώτατα N. 8.42

    τὰ δ' ἄλλαις ἁμέραις πολλὰ μὲν ἐν κονίᾳ χέρσῳ, τὰ δὲ γείτονι πόντῳ φάσομαι N. 9.42

    μακρὰ μὲν τὰ Περσέος ἀμφὶ Μεδοίσας Γοργόνος N. 10.4

    τὸ δ' ἐκ Διὸς ἀνθρώποις σαφὲς οὐχ ἕπεται τέκμαρ as for what comes from Zeus N. 11.43 but cf. 2d supra.
    7 ὁ αὐτός, the same

    τωὔτ' ἐπὶ χρέος O. 1.45

    μηνός τε τωὐτοῦ O. 13.38

    ταὐτὰ δὲ τρὶς τετράκι τ' ἀμφιπολεῖν ἀπορία τελέθει (Σ: ταῦτα codd.) N. 7.104
    8 fragg. ]

    ογοι τῶν γε δε[ Pae. 6.176

    ὁ μέγιστ[ος Πα. 7. a. 3.

    τῷ δ[ Pae. 10.22

    πολ]λὰ μὲν τὰ πάροιθ' τὰ δ α[ Παρθ. 2. 31. τὸ δ ἀλαθε[ ] κατέστα φάος[ ?fr. 337. 9.

    Lexicon to Pindar >

  • 47 Я-51

    СРЫВАТЬСЯ/СОРВАТЬСЯ (СЛЕТАТЬ/СЛЕТЕТЬ) С ЯЗЫКА (С УСТ, С ГУБ) (у кого) VP subj: слово, имя etc usu. pfv) to be uttered involuntarily and unexpectedly: X сорвался у Y-a с языка = X escaped (burst from) Y's lips Y let X slip X was (Y made) a slip of the tongue X (just) slipped (popped, flew) out (of Y's mouth) Y said something he shouldn't have (didn't want to say).
    Он встал и быстро удалился, как бы испугавшись слов, сорвавшихся у него с языка (Тургенев 2). Не got up and walked quickly away, as though frightened by the words which had burst from his lips (2e).
    «Зачем же ты предлагал мне переехать?..» - «Я думал, что другие, мол, не хуже вас, да переезжают, так и нам можно...» - сказал Захар... Он (Обломов) вникал в глубину этого сравнения и разбирал... сознательно ли оскорбил его Захар, то есть убеждён ли он был, что Илья Ильич всё равно, что «другой», или так это сорвалось у него с языка... (Гончаров 1). "...Why do you suggest moving?..." "I was just thinking, well, other people, they're no worse than us, and if they can move, we can—"....He (Oblomov) tried to get to the bottom of this comparison by analyzing...whether Zakhar had insulted him consciously, in other words, whether he was convinced that his master was the same as "other people," or whether the words had slipped out... (1b).
    «Пьяная женщина, - говорит дамочка, что роман про... нашего Сакуненко собирается писать, - отвратительное зрелище». - «Помолчала бы, дама! — крикнул я. - Чего вы знаете про неё? Простите, - сказал я, подумав, - с языка сорвалось» (Аксёнов 1). "A drunken woman," says the dame that's planning to write the novel about...our Sakunenko, "is a disgusting sight." "You should keep quiet lady!" I shouted. "What do you know about her?-I'm sorry," I said, catching myself, "it just popped out" (1a).
    Все эти отклики и разговоры сдержали Раскольникова, и слова «я убил», может быть, готовившиеся слететь у него с языка, замерли в нём (Достоевский 3). All these comments and remarks checked Raskolnikov and the words, "I killed," which were perhaps about to come flying out, died away on his lips (3a).
    Энгельсон уверял его... что у него сорвалась эта глупость нечаянно с языка (Герцен 2). Engelson assured him...that the stupid phrase had been a slip of the tongue (2a).
    Иванов:) Сарра, замолчи, уйди, а то у меня с языка сорвётся слово! (Чехов 4). (I.:) Sarah, stop this and go away or I'll say something I shouldn't (4b).
    «Почему вы не хотите взять на себя командование? Казаки вас уважают. За вами они охотно пошли бы». - «Мне это не надо, я у вас короткий гость», - сухо ответил Григорий и отошёл к коню, сожалея о нечаянно сорвавшемся с языка неосторожном признании (Шолохов 5). ( context transl) "Why don't you take over command? The Cossacks respect you. They'd gladly follow you." "That's not for me, I won't be staying with you much longer," Grigory replied drily and returned to his horse, regretting the careless admission he had made (5a).

    Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > Я-51

  • 48 слетать с губ

    СРЫВАТЬСЯ/СОРВАТЬСЯ <СЛЕТАТЬ/СЛЕТЕТЬ> С ЯЗЫКА <С УСТ, С ГУБ> (у кого)
    [VP; subj: слово, имя etc; usu. pfv]
    =====
    to be uttered involuntarily and unexpectedly:
    - X сорвался у Y-а с языка X escaped < burst from> Ups;
    - X was < Y made> a slip of the tongue;
    - X (just) slipped <popped, flew> out (of Y's mouth);
    - Y said something he shouldn't have < didn't want to say>.
         ♦ Он встал и быстро удалился, как бы испугавшись слов, сорвавшихся у него с языка (Тургенев 2). He got up and walked quickly away, as though frightened by the words which had burst from his lips (2e).
         ♦ "Зачем же ты предлагал мне переехать?.." - "Я думал, что другие, мол, не хуже вас, да переезжают, так и нам можно..." - сказал Захар... Он [Обломов] вникал в глубину этого сравнения и разбирал... сознательно ли оскорбил его Захар, то есть убеждён ли он был, что Илья Ильич всё равно, что " другой", или так это сорвалось у него с языка... (Гончаров 1). "...Why do you suggest moving?..." "I was just thinking, well, other people, they're no worse than us, and if they can move, we can - "....He [Oblomov] tried to get to the bottom of this comparison by analyzing...whether Zakhar had insulted him consciously; in other words, whether he was convinced that his master was the same as "other people," or whether the words had slipped out... (1b).
         ♦ "Пьяная женщина, - говорит дамочка, что роман про... нашего Сакуненко собирается писать, - отвратительное зрелище". - "Помолчала бы, дама! - крикнул я. - Чего вы знаете про неё? Простите, - сказал я, подумав, - с языка сорвалось" (Аксёнов 1). "A drunken woman," says the dame that's planning to write the novel about...our Sakunenko, "is a disgusting sight." "You should keep quiet lady!" I shouted. "What do you know about her?-I'm sorry," I said, catching myself, "it just popped out" (1a).
         ♦ Все эти отклики и разговоры сдержали Раскольникова, и слова "я убил", может быть, готовившиеся слететь у него с языка, замерли в нём (Достоевский 3). All these comments and remarks checked Raskolnikov and the words, "I killed," which were perhaps about to come flying out, died away on his lips (3a).
         ♦ Энгельсон уверял его... что у него сорвалась эта глупость нечаянно с языка (Герцен 2). Engel son assured him...that the stupid phrase had been a slip of the tongue (2a).
         ♦ [Иванов:] Сарра, замолчи, уйди, а то у меня с языка сорвётся слово! (Чехов 4). [I.:] Sarah, stop this and go away or I'll say something I shouldn't (4b).
         ♦ "Почему вы не хотите взять на себя командование? Казаки вас уважают. За вами они охотно пошли бы". - "Мне это не надо, я у вас короткий гость", - сухо ответил Григорий и отошёл к коню, сожалея о нечаянно сорвавшемся с языка неосторожном признании (Шолохов 5). [context transl] "Why don't you take over command? The Cossacks respect you. They'd gladly follow you." "That's not for me, I won't be staying with you much longer," Grigory replied drily and returned to his horse, regretting the careless admission he had made (5a).

    Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > слетать с губ

  • 49 слетать с уст

    СРЫВАТЬСЯ/СОРВАТЬСЯ <СЛЕТАТЬ/СЛЕТЕТЬ> С ЯЗЫКА <С УСТ, С ГУБ> (у кого)
    [VP; subj: слово, имя etc; usu. pfv]
    =====
    to be uttered involuntarily and unexpectedly:
    - X сорвался у Y-а с языка X escaped < burst from> Ups;
    - X was < Y made> a slip of the tongue;
    - X (just) slipped <popped, flew> out (of Y's mouth);
    - Y said something he shouldn't have < didn't want to say>.
         ♦ Он встал и быстро удалился, как бы испугавшись слов, сорвавшихся у него с языка (Тургенев 2). He got up and walked quickly away, as though frightened by the words which had burst from his lips (2e).
         ♦ "Зачем же ты предлагал мне переехать?.." - "Я думал, что другие, мол, не хуже вас, да переезжают, так и нам можно..." - сказал Захар... Он [Обломов] вникал в глубину этого сравнения и разбирал... сознательно ли оскорбил его Захар, то есть убеждён ли он был, что Илья Ильич всё равно, что " другой", или так это сорвалось у него с языка... (Гончаров 1). "...Why do you suggest moving?..." "I was just thinking, well, other people, they're no worse than us, and if they can move, we can - "....He [Oblomov] tried to get to the bottom of this comparison by analyzing...whether Zakhar had insulted him consciously; in other words, whether he was convinced that his master was the same as "other people," or whether the words had slipped out... (1b).
         ♦ "Пьяная женщина, - говорит дамочка, что роман про... нашего Сакуненко собирается писать, - отвратительное зрелище". - "Помолчала бы, дама! - крикнул я. - Чего вы знаете про неё? Простите, - сказал я, подумав, - с языка сорвалось" (Аксёнов 1). "A drunken woman," says the dame that's planning to write the novel about...our Sakunenko, "is a disgusting sight." "You should keep quiet lady!" I shouted. "What do you know about her?-I'm sorry," I said, catching myself, "it just popped out" (1a).
         ♦ Все эти отклики и разговоры сдержали Раскольникова, и слова "я убил", может быть, готовившиеся слететь у него с языка, замерли в нём (Достоевский 3). All these comments and remarks checked Raskolnikov and the words, "I killed," which were perhaps about to come flying out, died away on his lips (3a).
         ♦ Энгельсон уверял его... что у него сорвалась эта глупость нечаянно с языка (Герцен 2). Engel son assured him...that the stupid phrase had been a slip of the tongue (2a).
         ♦ [Иванов:] Сарра, замолчи, уйди, а то у меня с языка сорвётся слово! (Чехов 4). [I.:] Sarah, stop this and go away or I'll say something I shouldn't (4b).
         ♦ "Почему вы не хотите взять на себя командование? Казаки вас уважают. За вами они охотно пошли бы". - "Мне это не надо, я у вас короткий гость", - сухо ответил Григорий и отошёл к коню, сожалея о нечаянно сорвавшемся с языка неосторожном признании (Шолохов 5). [context transl] "Why don't you take over command? The Cossacks respect you. They'd gladly follow you." "That's not for me, I won't be staying with you much longer," Grigory replied drily and returned to his horse, regretting the careless admission he had made (5a).

    Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > слетать с уст

  • 50 слетать с языка

    СРЫВАТЬСЯ/СОРВАТЬСЯ <СЛЕТАТЬ/СЛЕТЕТЬ> С ЯЗЫКА <С УСТ, С ГУБ> (у кого)
    [VP; subj: слово, имя etc; usu. pfv]
    =====
    to be uttered involuntarily and unexpectedly:
    - X сорвался у Y-а с языка X escaped < burst from> Ups;
    - X was < Y made> a slip of the tongue;
    - X (just) slipped <popped, flew> out (of Y's mouth);
    - Y said something he shouldn't have < didn't want to say>.
         ♦ Он встал и быстро удалился, как бы испугавшись слов, сорвавшихся у него с языка (Тургенев 2). He got up and walked quickly away, as though frightened by the words which had burst from his lips (2e).
         ♦ "Зачем же ты предлагал мне переехать?.." - "Я думал, что другие, мол, не хуже вас, да переезжают, так и нам можно..." - сказал Захар... Он [Обломов] вникал в глубину этого сравнения и разбирал... сознательно ли оскорбил его Захар, то есть убеждён ли он был, что Илья Ильич всё равно, что " другой", или так это сорвалось у него с языка... (Гончаров 1). "...Why do you suggest moving?..." "I was just thinking, well, other people, they're no worse than us, and if they can move, we can - "....He [Oblomov] tried to get to the bottom of this comparison by analyzing...whether Zakhar had insulted him consciously; in other words, whether he was convinced that his master was the same as "other people," or whether the words had slipped out... (1b).
         ♦ "Пьяная женщина, - говорит дамочка, что роман про... нашего Сакуненко собирается писать, - отвратительное зрелище". - "Помолчала бы, дама! - крикнул я. - Чего вы знаете про неё? Простите, - сказал я, подумав, - с языка сорвалось" (Аксёнов 1). "A drunken woman," says the dame that's planning to write the novel about...our Sakunenko, "is a disgusting sight." "You should keep quiet lady!" I shouted. "What do you know about her?-I'm sorry," I said, catching myself, "it just popped out" (1a).
         ♦ Все эти отклики и разговоры сдержали Раскольникова, и слова "я убил", может быть, готовившиеся слететь у него с языка, замерли в нём (Достоевский 3). All these comments and remarks checked Raskolnikov and the words, "I killed," which were perhaps about to come flying out, died away on his lips (3a).
         ♦ Энгельсон уверял его... что у него сорвалась эта глупость нечаянно с языка (Герцен 2). Engel son assured him...that the stupid phrase had been a slip of the tongue (2a).
         ♦ [Иванов:] Сарра, замолчи, уйди, а то у меня с языка сорвётся слово! (Чехов 4). [I.:] Sarah, stop this and go away or I'll say something I shouldn't (4b).
         ♦ "Почему вы не хотите взять на себя командование? Казаки вас уважают. За вами они охотно пошли бы". - "Мне это не надо, я у вас короткий гость", - сухо ответил Григорий и отошёл к коню, сожалея о нечаянно сорвавшемся с языка неосторожном признании (Шолохов 5). [context transl] "Why don't you take over command? The Cossacks respect you. They'd gladly follow you." "That's not for me, I won't be staying with you much longer," Grigory replied drily and returned to his horse, regretting the careless admission he had made (5a).

    Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > слетать с языка

  • 51 слететь с губ

    СРЫВАТЬСЯ/СОРВАТЬСЯ <СЛЕТАТЬ/СЛЕТЕТЬ> С ЯЗЫКА <С УСТ, С ГУБ> (у кого)
    [VP; subj: слово, имя etc; usu. pfv]
    =====
    to be uttered involuntarily and unexpectedly:
    - X сорвался у Y-а с языка X escaped < burst from> Ups;
    - X was < Y made> a slip of the tongue;
    - X (just) slipped <popped, flew> out (of Y's mouth);
    - Y said something he shouldn't have < didn't want to say>.
         ♦ Он встал и быстро удалился, как бы испугавшись слов, сорвавшихся у него с языка (Тургенев 2). He got up and walked quickly away, as though frightened by the words which had burst from his lips (2e).
         ♦ "Зачем же ты предлагал мне переехать?.." - "Я думал, что другие, мол, не хуже вас, да переезжают, так и нам можно..." - сказал Захар... Он [Обломов] вникал в глубину этого сравнения и разбирал... сознательно ли оскорбил его Захар, то есть убеждён ли он был, что Илья Ильич всё равно, что " другой", или так это сорвалось у него с языка... (Гончаров 1). "...Why do you suggest moving?..." "I was just thinking, well, other people, they're no worse than us, and if they can move, we can - "....He [Oblomov] tried to get to the bottom of this comparison by analyzing...whether Zakhar had insulted him consciously; in other words, whether he was convinced that his master was the same as "other people," or whether the words had slipped out... (1b).
         ♦ "Пьяная женщина, - говорит дамочка, что роман про... нашего Сакуненко собирается писать, - отвратительное зрелище". - "Помолчала бы, дама! - крикнул я. - Чего вы знаете про неё? Простите, - сказал я, подумав, - с языка сорвалось" (Аксёнов 1). "A drunken woman," says the dame that's planning to write the novel about...our Sakunenko, "is a disgusting sight." "You should keep quiet lady!" I shouted. "What do you know about her?-I'm sorry," I said, catching myself, "it just popped out" (1a).
         ♦ Все эти отклики и разговоры сдержали Раскольникова, и слова "я убил", может быть, готовившиеся слететь у него с языка, замерли в нём (Достоевский 3). All these comments and remarks checked Raskolnikov and the words, "I killed," which were perhaps about to come flying out, died away on his lips (3a).
         ♦ Энгельсон уверял его... что у него сорвалась эта глупость нечаянно с языка (Герцен 2). Engel son assured him...that the stupid phrase had been a slip of the tongue (2a).
         ♦ [Иванов:] Сарра, замолчи, уйди, а то у меня с языка сорвётся слово! (Чехов 4). [I.:] Sarah, stop this and go away or I'll say something I shouldn't (4b).
         ♦ "Почему вы не хотите взять на себя командование? Казаки вас уважают. За вами они охотно пошли бы". - "Мне это не надо, я у вас короткий гость", - сухо ответил Григорий и отошёл к коню, сожалея о нечаянно сорвавшемся с языка неосторожном признании (Шолохов 5). [context transl] "Why don't you take over command? The Cossacks respect you. They'd gladly follow you." "That's not for me, I won't be staying with you much longer," Grigory replied drily and returned to his horse, regretting the careless admission he had made (5a).

    Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > слететь с губ

  • 52 слететь с уст

    СРЫВАТЬСЯ/СОРВАТЬСЯ <СЛЕТАТЬ/СЛЕТЕТЬ> С ЯЗЫКА <С УСТ, С ГУБ> (у кого)
    [VP; subj: слово, имя etc; usu. pfv]
    =====
    to be uttered involuntarily and unexpectedly:
    - X сорвался у Y-а с языка X escaped < burst from> Ups;
    - X was < Y made> a slip of the tongue;
    - X (just) slipped <popped, flew> out (of Y's mouth);
    - Y said something he shouldn't have < didn't want to say>.
         ♦ Он встал и быстро удалился, как бы испугавшись слов, сорвавшихся у него с языка (Тургенев 2). He got up and walked quickly away, as though frightened by the words which had burst from his lips (2e).
         ♦ "Зачем же ты предлагал мне переехать?.." - "Я думал, что другие, мол, не хуже вас, да переезжают, так и нам можно..." - сказал Захар... Он [Обломов] вникал в глубину этого сравнения и разбирал... сознательно ли оскорбил его Захар, то есть убеждён ли он был, что Илья Ильич всё равно, что " другой", или так это сорвалось у него с языка... (Гончаров 1). "...Why do you suggest moving?..." "I was just thinking, well, other people, they're no worse than us, and if they can move, we can - "....He [Oblomov] tried to get to the bottom of this comparison by analyzing...whether Zakhar had insulted him consciously; in other words, whether he was convinced that his master was the same as "other people," or whether the words had slipped out... (1b).
         ♦ "Пьяная женщина, - говорит дамочка, что роман про... нашего Сакуненко собирается писать, - отвратительное зрелище". - "Помолчала бы, дама! - крикнул я. - Чего вы знаете про неё? Простите, - сказал я, подумав, - с языка сорвалось" (Аксёнов 1). "A drunken woman," says the dame that's planning to write the novel about...our Sakunenko, "is a disgusting sight." "You should keep quiet lady!" I shouted. "What do you know about her?-I'm sorry," I said, catching myself, "it just popped out" (1a).
         ♦ Все эти отклики и разговоры сдержали Раскольникова, и слова "я убил", может быть, готовившиеся слететь у него с языка, замерли в нём (Достоевский 3). All these comments and remarks checked Raskolnikov and the words, "I killed," which were perhaps about to come flying out, died away on his lips (3a).
         ♦ Энгельсон уверял его... что у него сорвалась эта глупость нечаянно с языка (Герцен 2). Engel son assured him...that the stupid phrase had been a slip of the tongue (2a).
         ♦ [Иванов:] Сарра, замолчи, уйди, а то у меня с языка сорвётся слово! (Чехов 4). [I.:] Sarah, stop this and go away or I'll say something I shouldn't (4b).
         ♦ "Почему вы не хотите взять на себя командование? Казаки вас уважают. За вами они охотно пошли бы". - "Мне это не надо, я у вас короткий гость", - сухо ответил Григорий и отошёл к коню, сожалея о нечаянно сорвавшемся с языка неосторожном признании (Шолохов 5). [context transl] "Why don't you take over command? The Cossacks respect you. They'd gladly follow you." "That's not for me, I won't be staying with you much longer," Grigory replied drily and returned to his horse, regretting the careless admission he had made (5a).

    Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > слететь с уст

  • 53 слететь с языка

    СРЫВАТЬСЯ/СОРВАТЬСЯ <СЛЕТАТЬ/СЛЕТЕТЬ> С ЯЗЫКА <С УСТ, С ГУБ> (у кого)
    [VP; subj: слово, имя etc; usu. pfv]
    =====
    to be uttered involuntarily and unexpectedly:
    - X сорвался у Y-а с языка X escaped < burst from> Ups;
    - X was < Y made> a slip of the tongue;
    - X (just) slipped <popped, flew> out (of Y's mouth);
    - Y said something he shouldn't have < didn't want to say>.
         ♦ Он встал и быстро удалился, как бы испугавшись слов, сорвавшихся у него с языка (Тургенев 2). He got up and walked quickly away, as though frightened by the words which had burst from his lips (2e).
         ♦ "Зачем же ты предлагал мне переехать?.." - "Я думал, что другие, мол, не хуже вас, да переезжают, так и нам можно..." - сказал Захар... Он [Обломов] вникал в глубину этого сравнения и разбирал... сознательно ли оскорбил его Захар, то есть убеждён ли он был, что Илья Ильич всё равно, что " другой", или так это сорвалось у него с языка... (Гончаров 1). "...Why do you suggest moving?..." "I was just thinking, well, other people, they're no worse than us, and if they can move, we can - "....He [Oblomov] tried to get to the bottom of this comparison by analyzing...whether Zakhar had insulted him consciously; in other words, whether he was convinced that his master was the same as "other people," or whether the words had slipped out... (1b).
         ♦ "Пьяная женщина, - говорит дамочка, что роман про... нашего Сакуненко собирается писать, - отвратительное зрелище". - "Помолчала бы, дама! - крикнул я. - Чего вы знаете про неё? Простите, - сказал я, подумав, - с языка сорвалось" (Аксёнов 1). "A drunken woman," says the dame that's planning to write the novel about...our Sakunenko, "is a disgusting sight." "You should keep quiet lady!" I shouted. "What do you know about her?-I'm sorry," I said, catching myself, "it just popped out" (1a).
         ♦ Все эти отклики и разговоры сдержали Раскольникова, и слова "я убил", может быть, готовившиеся слететь у него с языка, замерли в нём (Достоевский 3). All these comments and remarks checked Raskolnikov and the words, "I killed," which were perhaps about to come flying out, died away on his lips (3a).
         ♦ Энгельсон уверял его... что у него сорвалась эта глупость нечаянно с языка (Герцен 2). Engel son assured him...that the stupid phrase had been a slip of the tongue (2a).
         ♦ [Иванов:] Сарра, замолчи, уйди, а то у меня с языка сорвётся слово! (Чехов 4). [I.:] Sarah, stop this and go away or I'll say something I shouldn't (4b).
         ♦ "Почему вы не хотите взять на себя командование? Казаки вас уважают. За вами они охотно пошли бы". - "Мне это не надо, я у вас короткий гость", - сухо ответил Григорий и отошёл к коню, сожалея о нечаянно сорвавшемся с языка неосторожном признании (Шолохов 5). [context transl] "Why don't you take over command? The Cossacks respect you. They'd gladly follow you." "That's not for me, I won't be staying with you much longer," Grigory replied drily and returned to his horse, regretting the careless admission he had made (5a).

    Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > слететь с языка

  • 54 сорваться с губ

    СРЫВАТЬСЯ/СОРВАТЬСЯ <СЛЕТАТЬ/СЛЕТЕТЬ> С ЯЗЫКА <С УСТ, С ГУБ> (у кого)
    [VP; subj: слово, имя etc; usu. pfv]
    =====
    to be uttered involuntarily and unexpectedly:
    - X сорвался у Y-а с языка X escaped < burst from> Ups;
    - X was < Y made> a slip of the tongue;
    - X (just) slipped <popped, flew> out (of Y's mouth);
    - Y said something he shouldn't have < didn't want to say>.
         ♦ Он встал и быстро удалился, как бы испугавшись слов, сорвавшихся у него с языка (Тургенев 2). He got up and walked quickly away, as though frightened by the words which had burst from his lips (2e).
         ♦ "Зачем же ты предлагал мне переехать?.." - "Я думал, что другие, мол, не хуже вас, да переезжают, так и нам можно..." - сказал Захар... Он [Обломов] вникал в глубину этого сравнения и разбирал... сознательно ли оскорбил его Захар, то есть убеждён ли он был, что Илья Ильич всё равно, что " другой", или так это сорвалось у него с языка... (Гончаров 1). "...Why do you suggest moving?..." "I was just thinking, well, other people, they're no worse than us, and if they can move, we can - "....He [Oblomov] tried to get to the bottom of this comparison by analyzing...whether Zakhar had insulted him consciously; in other words, whether he was convinced that his master was the same as "other people," or whether the words had slipped out... (1b).
         ♦ "Пьяная женщина, - говорит дамочка, что роман про... нашего Сакуненко собирается писать, - отвратительное зрелище". - "Помолчала бы, дама! - крикнул я. - Чего вы знаете про неё? Простите, - сказал я, подумав, - с языка сорвалось" (Аксёнов 1). "A drunken woman," says the dame that's planning to write the novel about...our Sakunenko, "is a disgusting sight." "You should keep quiet lady!" I shouted. "What do you know about her?-I'm sorry," I said, catching myself, "it just popped out" (1a).
         ♦ Все эти отклики и разговоры сдержали Раскольникова, и слова "я убил", может быть, готовившиеся слететь у него с языка, замерли в нём (Достоевский 3). All these comments and remarks checked Raskolnikov and the words, "I killed," which were perhaps about to come flying out, died away on his lips (3a).
         ♦ Энгельсон уверял его... что у него сорвалась эта глупость нечаянно с языка (Герцен 2). Engel son assured him...that the stupid phrase had been a slip of the tongue (2a).
         ♦ [Иванов:] Сарра, замолчи, уйди, а то у меня с языка сорвётся слово! (Чехов 4). [I.:] Sarah, stop this and go away or I'll say something I shouldn't (4b).
         ♦ "Почему вы не хотите взять на себя командование? Казаки вас уважают. За вами они охотно пошли бы". - "Мне это не надо, я у вас короткий гость", - сухо ответил Григорий и отошёл к коню, сожалея о нечаянно сорвавшемся с языка неосторожном признании (Шолохов 5). [context transl] "Why don't you take over command? The Cossacks respect you. They'd gladly follow you." "That's not for me, I won't be staying with you much longer," Grigory replied drily and returned to his horse, regretting the careless admission he had made (5a).

    Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > сорваться с губ

  • 55 сорваться с уст

    СРЫВАТЬСЯ/СОРВАТЬСЯ <СЛЕТАТЬ/СЛЕТЕТЬ> С ЯЗЫКА <С УСТ, С ГУБ> (у кого)
    [VP; subj: слово, имя etc; usu. pfv]
    =====
    to be uttered involuntarily and unexpectedly:
    - X сорвался у Y-а с языка X escaped < burst from> Ups;
    - X was < Y made> a slip of the tongue;
    - X (just) slipped <popped, flew> out (of Y's mouth);
    - Y said something he shouldn't have < didn't want to say>.
         ♦ Он встал и быстро удалился, как бы испугавшись слов, сорвавшихся у него с языка (Тургенев 2). He got up and walked quickly away, as though frightened by the words which had burst from his lips (2e).
         ♦ "Зачем же ты предлагал мне переехать?.." - "Я думал, что другие, мол, не хуже вас, да переезжают, так и нам можно..." - сказал Захар... Он [Обломов] вникал в глубину этого сравнения и разбирал... сознательно ли оскорбил его Захар, то есть убеждён ли он был, что Илья Ильич всё равно, что " другой", или так это сорвалось у него с языка... (Гончаров 1). "...Why do you suggest moving?..." "I was just thinking, well, other people, they're no worse than us, and if they can move, we can - "....He [Oblomov] tried to get to the bottom of this comparison by analyzing...whether Zakhar had insulted him consciously; in other words, whether he was convinced that his master was the same as "other people," or whether the words had slipped out... (1b).
         ♦ "Пьяная женщина, - говорит дамочка, что роман про... нашего Сакуненко собирается писать, - отвратительное зрелище". - "Помолчала бы, дама! - крикнул я. - Чего вы знаете про неё? Простите, - сказал я, подумав, - с языка сорвалось" (Аксёнов 1). "A drunken woman," says the dame that's planning to write the novel about...our Sakunenko, "is a disgusting sight." "You should keep quiet lady!" I shouted. "What do you know about her?-I'm sorry," I said, catching myself, "it just popped out" (1a).
         ♦ Все эти отклики и разговоры сдержали Раскольникова, и слова "я убил", может быть, готовившиеся слететь у него с языка, замерли в нём (Достоевский 3). All these comments and remarks checked Raskolnikov and the words, "I killed," which were perhaps about to come flying out, died away on his lips (3a).
         ♦ Энгельсон уверял его... что у него сорвалась эта глупость нечаянно с языка (Герцен 2). Engel son assured him...that the stupid phrase had been a slip of the tongue (2a).
         ♦ [Иванов:] Сарра, замолчи, уйди, а то у меня с языка сорвётся слово! (Чехов 4). [I.:] Sarah, stop this and go away or I'll say something I shouldn't (4b).
         ♦ "Почему вы не хотите взять на себя командование? Казаки вас уважают. За вами они охотно пошли бы". - "Мне это не надо, я у вас короткий гость", - сухо ответил Григорий и отошёл к коню, сожалея о нечаянно сорвавшемся с языка неосторожном признании (Шолохов 5). [context transl] "Why don't you take over command? The Cossacks respect you. They'd gladly follow you." "That's not for me, I won't be staying with you much longer," Grigory replied drily and returned to his horse, regretting the careless admission he had made (5a).

    Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > сорваться с уст

  • 56 сорваться с языка

    СРЫВАТЬСЯ/СОРВАТЬСЯ <СЛЕТАТЬ/СЛЕТЕТЬ> С ЯЗЫКА <С УСТ, С ГУБ> (у кого)
    [VP; subj: слово, имя etc; usu. pfv]
    =====
    to be uttered involuntarily and unexpectedly:
    - X сорвался у Y-а с языка X escaped < burst from> Ups;
    - X was < Y made> a slip of the tongue;
    - X (just) slipped <popped, flew> out (of Y's mouth);
    - Y said something he shouldn't have < didn't want to say>.
         ♦ Он встал и быстро удалился, как бы испугавшись слов, сорвавшихся у него с языка (Тургенев 2). He got up and walked quickly away, as though frightened by the words which had burst from his lips (2e).
         ♦ "Зачем же ты предлагал мне переехать?.." - "Я думал, что другие, мол, не хуже вас, да переезжают, так и нам можно..." - сказал Захар... Он [Обломов] вникал в глубину этого сравнения и разбирал... сознательно ли оскорбил его Захар, то есть убеждён ли он был, что Илья Ильич всё равно, что " другой", или так это сорвалось у него с языка... (Гончаров 1). "...Why do you suggest moving?..." "I was just thinking, well, other people, they're no worse than us, and if they can move, we can - "....He [Oblomov] tried to get to the bottom of this comparison by analyzing...whether Zakhar had insulted him consciously; in other words, whether he was convinced that his master was the same as "other people," or whether the words had slipped out... (1b).
         ♦ "Пьяная женщина, - говорит дамочка, что роман про... нашего Сакуненко собирается писать, - отвратительное зрелище". - "Помолчала бы, дама! - крикнул я. - Чего вы знаете про неё? Простите, - сказал я, подумав, - с языка сорвалось" (Аксёнов 1). "A drunken woman," says the dame that's planning to write the novel about...our Sakunenko, "is a disgusting sight." "You should keep quiet lady!" I shouted. "What do you know about her?-I'm sorry," I said, catching myself, "it just popped out" (1a).
         ♦ Все эти отклики и разговоры сдержали Раскольникова, и слова "я убил", может быть, готовившиеся слететь у него с языка, замерли в нём (Достоевский 3). All these comments and remarks checked Raskolnikov and the words, "I killed," which were perhaps about to come flying out, died away on his lips (3a).
         ♦ Энгельсон уверял его... что у него сорвалась эта глупость нечаянно с языка (Герцен 2). Engel son assured him...that the stupid phrase had been a slip of the tongue (2a).
         ♦ [Иванов:] Сарра, замолчи, уйди, а то у меня с языка сорвётся слово! (Чехов 4). [I.:] Sarah, stop this and go away or I'll say something I shouldn't (4b).
         ♦ "Почему вы не хотите взять на себя командование? Казаки вас уважают. За вами они охотно пошли бы". - "Мне это не надо, я у вас короткий гость", - сухо ответил Григорий и отошёл к коню, сожалея о нечаянно сорвавшемся с языка неосторожном признании (Шолохов 5). [context transl] "Why don't you take over command? The Cossacks respect you. They'd gladly follow you." "That's not for me, I won't be staying with you much longer," Grigory replied drily and returned to his horse, regretting the careless admission he had made (5a).

    Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > сорваться с языка

  • 57 срываться с губ

    СРЫВАТЬСЯ/СОРВАТЬСЯ <СЛЕТАТЬ/СЛЕТЕТЬ> С ЯЗЫКА <С УСТ, С ГУБ> (у кого)
    [VP; subj: слово, имя etc; usu. pfv]
    =====
    to be uttered involuntarily and unexpectedly:
    - X сорвался у Y-а с языка X escaped < burst from> Ups;
    - X was < Y made> a slip of the tongue;
    - X (just) slipped <popped, flew> out (of Y's mouth);
    - Y said something he shouldn't have < didn't want to say>.
         ♦ Он встал и быстро удалился, как бы испугавшись слов, сорвавшихся у него с языка (Тургенев 2). He got up and walked quickly away, as though frightened by the words which had burst from his lips (2e).
         ♦ "Зачем же ты предлагал мне переехать?.." - "Я думал, что другие, мол, не хуже вас, да переезжают, так и нам можно..." - сказал Захар... Он [Обломов] вникал в глубину этого сравнения и разбирал... сознательно ли оскорбил его Захар, то есть убеждён ли он был, что Илья Ильич всё равно, что " другой", или так это сорвалось у него с языка... (Гончаров 1). "...Why do you suggest moving?..." "I was just thinking, well, other people, they're no worse than us, and if they can move, we can - "....He [Oblomov] tried to get to the bottom of this comparison by analyzing...whether Zakhar had insulted him consciously; in other words, whether he was convinced that his master was the same as "other people," or whether the words had slipped out... (1b).
         ♦ "Пьяная женщина, - говорит дамочка, что роман про... нашего Сакуненко собирается писать, - отвратительное зрелище". - "Помолчала бы, дама! - крикнул я. - Чего вы знаете про неё? Простите, - сказал я, подумав, - с языка сорвалось" (Аксёнов 1). "A drunken woman," says the dame that's planning to write the novel about...our Sakunenko, "is a disgusting sight." "You should keep quiet lady!" I shouted. "What do you know about her?-I'm sorry," I said, catching myself, "it just popped out" (1a).
         ♦ Все эти отклики и разговоры сдержали Раскольникова, и слова "я убил", может быть, готовившиеся слететь у него с языка, замерли в нём (Достоевский 3). All these comments and remarks checked Raskolnikov and the words, "I killed," which were perhaps about to come flying out, died away on his lips (3a).
         ♦ Энгельсон уверял его... что у него сорвалась эта глупость нечаянно с языка (Герцен 2). Engel son assured him...that the stupid phrase had been a slip of the tongue (2a).
         ♦ [Иванов:] Сарра, замолчи, уйди, а то у меня с языка сорвётся слово! (Чехов 4). [I.:] Sarah, stop this and go away or I'll say something I shouldn't (4b).
         ♦ "Почему вы не хотите взять на себя командование? Казаки вас уважают. За вами они охотно пошли бы". - "Мне это не надо, я у вас короткий гость", - сухо ответил Григорий и отошёл к коню, сожалея о нечаянно сорвавшемся с языка неосторожном признании (Шолохов 5). [context transl] "Why don't you take over command? The Cossacks respect you. They'd gladly follow you." "That's not for me, I won't be staying with you much longer," Grigory replied drily and returned to his horse, regretting the careless admission he had made (5a).

    Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > срываться с губ

  • 58 срываться с уст

    СРЫВАТЬСЯ/СОРВАТЬСЯ <СЛЕТАТЬ/СЛЕТЕТЬ> С ЯЗЫКА <С УСТ, С ГУБ> (у кого)
    [VP; subj: слово, имя etc; usu. pfv]
    =====
    to be uttered involuntarily and unexpectedly:
    - X сорвался у Y-а с языка X escaped < burst from> Ups;
    - X was < Y made> a slip of the tongue;
    - X (just) slipped <popped, flew> out (of Y's mouth);
    - Y said something he shouldn't have < didn't want to say>.
         ♦ Он встал и быстро удалился, как бы испугавшись слов, сорвавшихся у него с языка (Тургенев 2). He got up and walked quickly away, as though frightened by the words which had burst from his lips (2e).
         ♦ "Зачем же ты предлагал мне переехать?.." - "Я думал, что другие, мол, не хуже вас, да переезжают, так и нам можно..." - сказал Захар... Он [Обломов] вникал в глубину этого сравнения и разбирал... сознательно ли оскорбил его Захар, то есть убеждён ли он был, что Илья Ильич всё равно, что " другой", или так это сорвалось у него с языка... (Гончаров 1). "...Why do you suggest moving?..." "I was just thinking, well, other people, they're no worse than us, and if they can move, we can - "....He [Oblomov] tried to get to the bottom of this comparison by analyzing...whether Zakhar had insulted him consciously; in other words, whether he was convinced that his master was the same as "other people," or whether the words had slipped out... (1b).
         ♦ "Пьяная женщина, - говорит дамочка, что роман про... нашего Сакуненко собирается писать, - отвратительное зрелище". - "Помолчала бы, дама! - крикнул я. - Чего вы знаете про неё? Простите, - сказал я, подумав, - с языка сорвалось" (Аксёнов 1). "A drunken woman," says the dame that's planning to write the novel about...our Sakunenko, "is a disgusting sight." "You should keep quiet lady!" I shouted. "What do you know about her?-I'm sorry," I said, catching myself, "it just popped out" (1a).
         ♦ Все эти отклики и разговоры сдержали Раскольникова, и слова "я убил", может быть, готовившиеся слететь у него с языка, замерли в нём (Достоевский 3). All these comments and remarks checked Raskolnikov and the words, "I killed," which were perhaps about to come flying out, died away on his lips (3a).
         ♦ Энгельсон уверял его... что у него сорвалась эта глупость нечаянно с языка (Герцен 2). Engel son assured him...that the stupid phrase had been a slip of the tongue (2a).
         ♦ [Иванов:] Сарра, замолчи, уйди, а то у меня с языка сорвётся слово! (Чехов 4). [I.:] Sarah, stop this and go away or I'll say something I shouldn't (4b).
         ♦ "Почему вы не хотите взять на себя командование? Казаки вас уважают. За вами они охотно пошли бы". - "Мне это не надо, я у вас короткий гость", - сухо ответил Григорий и отошёл к коню, сожалея о нечаянно сорвавшемся с языка неосторожном признании (Шолохов 5). [context transl] "Why don't you take over command? The Cossacks respect you. They'd gladly follow you." "That's not for me, I won't be staying with you much longer," Grigory replied drily and returned to his horse, regretting the careless admission he had made (5a).

    Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > срываться с уст

  • 59 срываться с языка

    СРЫВАТЬСЯ/СОРВАТЬСЯ <СЛЕТАТЬ/СЛЕТЕТЬ> С ЯЗЫКА <С УСТ, С ГУБ> (у кого)
    [VP; subj: слово, имя etc; usu. pfv]
    =====
    to be uttered involuntarily and unexpectedly:
    - X сорвался у Y-а с языка X escaped < burst from> Ups;
    - X was < Y made> a slip of the tongue;
    - X (just) slipped <popped, flew> out (of Y's mouth);
    - Y said something he shouldn't have < didn't want to say>.
         ♦ Он встал и быстро удалился, как бы испугавшись слов, сорвавшихся у него с языка (Тургенев 2). He got up and walked quickly away, as though frightened by the words which had burst from his lips (2e).
         ♦ "Зачем же ты предлагал мне переехать?.." - "Я думал, что другие, мол, не хуже вас, да переезжают, так и нам можно..." - сказал Захар... Он [Обломов] вникал в глубину этого сравнения и разбирал... сознательно ли оскорбил его Захар, то есть убеждён ли он был, что Илья Ильич всё равно, что " другой", или так это сорвалось у него с языка... (Гончаров 1). "...Why do you suggest moving?..." "I was just thinking, well, other people, they're no worse than us, and if they can move, we can - "....He [Oblomov] tried to get to the bottom of this comparison by analyzing...whether Zakhar had insulted him consciously; in other words, whether he was convinced that his master was the same as "other people," or whether the words had slipped out... (1b).
         ♦ "Пьяная женщина, - говорит дамочка, что роман про... нашего Сакуненко собирается писать, - отвратительное зрелище". - "Помолчала бы, дама! - крикнул я. - Чего вы знаете про неё? Простите, - сказал я, подумав, - с языка сорвалось" (Аксёнов 1). "A drunken woman," says the dame that's planning to write the novel about...our Sakunenko, "is a disgusting sight." "You should keep quiet lady!" I shouted. "What do you know about her?-I'm sorry," I said, catching myself, "it just popped out" (1a).
         ♦ Все эти отклики и разговоры сдержали Раскольникова, и слова "я убил", может быть, готовившиеся слететь у него с языка, замерли в нём (Достоевский 3). All these comments and remarks checked Raskolnikov and the words, "I killed," which were perhaps about to come flying out, died away on his lips (3a).
         ♦ Энгельсон уверял его... что у него сорвалась эта глупость нечаянно с языка (Герцен 2). Engel son assured him...that the stupid phrase had been a slip of the tongue (2a).
         ♦ [Иванов:] Сарра, замолчи, уйди, а то у меня с языка сорвётся слово! (Чехов 4). [I.:] Sarah, stop this and go away or I'll say something I shouldn't (4b).
         ♦ "Почему вы не хотите взять на себя командование? Казаки вас уважают. За вами они охотно пошли бы". - "Мне это не надо, я у вас короткий гость", - сухо ответил Григорий и отошёл к коню, сожалея о нечаянно сорвавшемся с языка неосторожном признании (Шолохов 5). [context transl] "Why don't you take over command? The Cossacks respect you. They'd gladly follow you." "That's not for me, I won't be staying with you much longer," Grigory replied drily and returned to his horse, regretting the careless admission he had made (5a).

    Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > срываться с языка

  • 60 mismo

    adj.
    same, selfsame, self-same, very same.
    adv.
    himself, per se, as such, in itself.
    El hombre mismo The man himself. El mismo hombre = The same man.
    * * *
    1 same
    1 same
    \
    yo (ti, etc) mismo,-a myself (yourself, etc)
    con el sr. Suárez por favor --yo mismo may I speak to Mr Suárez please? --speaking
    es lo mismo (la misma cosa) it amounts to the same thing 2 (no importa) it doesn't matter
    lo mismo da it doen't matter
    o lo que es lo mismo that is to say
    ¡por eso mismo! precisely
    volver a las mismas / estar en las mismas to be back at square one
    ————————
    1 same
    * * *
    (f. - misma)
    adj.
    1) same
    2) very
    * * *
    1. ADJ
    1) (=igual) same

    respondieron al mismo tiempo — they answered together, they answered at the same time

    el mismo... que — the same... as

    2) [reflexivo]
    valerse 2)
    3) [enfático]
    a) [relativo a personas]

    yo mismo lo vi — I saw it myself, I saw it with my own eyes

    -¿quién responde? -a ver, tú mismo — "who's going to answer?" - "well, why don't you answer yourself!"

    b) [relativo a cosas]

    -¿cuál quieres? -ese mismo — "which one do you want?" - "that one there"

    -¡es un canalla! -eso mismo pienso yo — "he's a swine!" - "my thoughts exactly"

    en todos los países europeos, España misma incluida — in all European countries, including Spain itself

    Ana es la generosidad misma — Ana is generosity itself, Ana is the epitome of generosity

    en ese mismo momentoat that very moment

    por eso mismo, era pobre y por eso mismo su ascenso tiene más mérito — he was poor and for that very reason his promotion is all the more commendable

    4) [como pronombre]

    -¿y qué edad tienes tú? -la misma que él — "and how old are you?" - "I'm the same age as him"

    -¿es usted la señorita Sánchez? -¡la misma! — "are you Miss Sánchez?" - "I am indeed!"

    5)

    lo mismo —

    a) (=la misma cosa) the same (thing)

    ¡hombre, no es lo mismo! — it's not the same (thing) at all!

    - son unos canallas -lo mismo digo yo — "they're swine" - "that's (exactly) what I say"

    -¡enhorabuena! -lo mismo digo — "congratulations!" - "likewise" o "the same to you"

    - eres un sinvergüenza -lo mismo te digo — "you're completely shameless" - "you too" o "so are you"

    -¿qué desea de beber? -lo mismo (de antes), por favor — "what would you like to drink?" - "(the) same again, please"

    cuando le interese a él, o lo que es lo mismo, nunca — when it suits him, in other words never

    por lo mismo, no es inteligente y por lo mismo tiene que estudiar el doble — he's not clever, which is exactly why he has to study twice as hard

    lo mismo que, le dijo lo mismo que yo — she told him the same thing o the same as she told me

    b)

    dar lo mismo, da lo mismo — it's all the same, it makes no difference

    me da lo mismo, lo mismo me da — I don't mind, it's all the same to me

    c) * (=a lo mejor)

    no lo sé todavía, pero lo mismo voy — I don't know yet, but I may well come

    pídeselo, lo mismo te lo presta — ask him for it; you never know, he may lend it to you

    d)

    lo mismo que (=al igual que)

    en Europa, lo mismo que en América — in Europe, (just) as in America

    lo mismo que usted es médico yo soy ingeniero — just as you are a doctor, so I am an engineer

    suspendí el examen, lo mismo que Íñigo — I failed the exam, just like Íñigo

    yo, lo mismo que mi padre, odio el baloncesto — I hate basketball, just like my father

    e)

    lo mismo... que (=tanto... como)

    aquí lo mismo te venden una vajilla que una bicicleta — they'll sell you anything here, from a dinner service to a bicycle

    2.
    ADV [enfático]

    ahora mismo — (=inmediatamente) right away o now; (=hace un momento) just now

    ahora mismo acabo de hablar con él — I've just been talking to him, I was talking to him only a moment ago

    aquí mismo, -¿dónde lo pongo? -aquí mismo — "where shall I put it?" - "right here"

    así mismo, -¿cómo quieres el filete? -así mismo está bien — "how would you like your steak?" - "it's fine as it is"

    ayer mismo — only yesterday

    hoy mismo, he llegado hoy mismo — I just arrived today

    mañana mismo, llegará mañana mismo — he's arriving tomorrow, no less

    * * *
    I
    - ma adjetivo
    1)
    b) (como pron) same

    ¿usted es Pedro Lecue? - el mismo — are you Pedro Lecue? - I am indeed o that's right

    en las mismas: no ha llegado, así que seguimos en las mismas it hasn't arrived so we're no further on; si vienes tú pero falta él, estamos en las mismas — if you come but he doesn't turn up, then we're no better off

    a) (refiriéndose a lugares, momentos, cosas)

    eso mismo pienso yothat's exactly o just what I think

    3)

    lo mismo para mí — the same for me, please

    dar lo mismo: me da lo mismo si lo rompe I don't care if he breaks it; le da lo mismo con o sin azúcar he doesn't mind with or without sugar; da lo mismo quién lo haga — it doesn't matter o it makes no difference who does it

    4)

    lo mismo(como adv)

    te ve por la calle y lo mismo no te saluda — you can meet him in the street and sometimes he doesn't even say hello to you

    ¿pregúntaselo? lo mismo dice que sí — ask him, he might (well) o may (well) say yes

    lo mismo puedes conseguir caramelos que una botella de whisky — you can get anything, from sweets to a bottle of whiskey

    b) (RPl fam) ( de todos modos) just o all the same, anyway
    5)

    nuestra empresa, lo mismo que tantas otras — our company, like so many others

    6)
    a) (como pron) (frml)
    b) (como pron relativo) (Méx frml)

    agradecemos su donativo, mismo que fue aplicado a la compra de medicamentos — we thank you for your donation, which has been used to buy medicines

    II

    aquí/ahora mismo — right here/now

    * * *
    = identical, same, equal.
    Ex. The DISPLAY command is identical to the TYPE command except when using a format which includes only a few lines per record.
    Ex. The command function 'SAVE' is used to save a search formulation for later use on the same or another data base on the same system.
    Ex. Collection development should ideally involve de-acquisitions as an on-going program of equal importance.
    ----
    * admitido por Uno mismo = self-professed.
    * ahora mismo = right now, just now.
    * a la misma altura que = in the same league as.
    * allí mismo = on the spot, there and then.
    * al mismo nivel de = flush with.
    * al mismo nivel que = on a par with, in the same league as.
    * al mismo tiempo = at once, at the same time, concurrently, in the process, simultaneously, at one and the same time, contemporaneously, at the same instant, in parallel, concomitantly, at the one time, all the while.
    * al mismo tiempo que = in parallel to/with, while, as the same time as, cum, in conjunction with.
    * al mismo tiempo que + Indicativo = whilst + Gerundio.
    * a mí también me gustaría tener la misma oportunidad = turnabout is fair play.
    * apuntar a la misma conclusión = point to + the same conclusion.
    * aquí mismo = right here.
    * a ti mismo = yourself, thyself.
    * a usted mismo = thyself.
    * bajo un mismo techo = under one roof.
    * brillar por Uno mismo = shine on + Posesivo + own.
    * concepto de uno mismo = self-image.
    * conciencia de sí mismo = self-awareness.
    * conciencia de uno mismo = self-awareness.
    * con confianza en uno mismo = self-confident.
    * con el mismo = therewith.
    * con el mismo + Nombre + como el que... = as + Adverbio + as....
    * con el mismo planteamiento que = on the same lines as.
    * confianza en uno mismo = self-belief.
    * conócete a ti mismo = know + thyself.
    * consciente de uno mismo = self-conscious.
    * cuestionario rellenado por uno mismo = self-administered questionnaire.
    * cuidado de uno mismo = self-caring, self-care.
    * definido por uno mismo = self-defined.
    * definir por uno mismo = self-define.
    * de la misma categoría que = in a class with.
    * de la misma forma que = in the same way (as), in the same manner (as), in much the same way as.
    * de la misma manera = by the same token.
    * de la misma manera (que) = in the same way (as), in the same manner (as).
    * del mismo calibre que = in a class with.
    * del mismo modo = exactly, in the same vein, by the same token.
    * del mismo modo que = as, in the form that, in the same way (as), in the same way that, just as, in the same manner (as), along the lines, after the fashion of, similar to, in common with.
    * del mismo + Nombre = equally + Adjetivo.
    * del mismo sexo = same-sex.
    * del mismo tipo que las oficinas = office-type.
    * desde esta misma perspectiva = along the same lines.
    * de una misma manera = in a similar fashion.
    * dirigido hacia uno mismo = self-oriented.
    * dirigido por uno mismo = self-directed.
    * ella misma = herself.
    * él mismo = himself.
    * el mismo + Nombre (+ que) = every bit as much + Nombre (+ as).
    * el mismo número = as many.
    * encerrado en sí mismo = closeted.
    * en el mismo centro (de) = plumb in the middle (of).
    * en el mismo número de años = in as many years.
    * en el mismo orden que = in sync with.
    * en ese mismo instante = at that very moment.
    * en ese mismo momento = at that very moment.
    * en este mismo sentido = along the same lines.
    * en la misma época = contemporaneously.
    * en la misma habitación = ensuite.
    * en la misma línea de = in the vein of.
    * en la misma línea que = in line with.
    * en sí mismo = in itself, unto + Reflexivo, per se.
    * en sí mismos = in themselves.
    * escogido por uno mismo = self-chosen.
    * estar a la misma altura que = rank with.
    * estar al mismo nivel = be on a par.
    * estar en la misma categoría que = rank with.
    * estar en las mismas = be back to square one.
    * estar hecho con la mismas dimensiones que el original = be to scale.
    * estar todos en el mismo barco = be all in the same boat.
    * evidente por sí mismo = self-evident.
    * grupo de personas o cosas de la misma edad o categoría = peer group.
    * hablar del mismo modo = talk + alike.
    * hablar por Uno mismo = speak for + Reflexivo.
    * hacer del mismo molde = cast in + the same mould as.
    * hasta el mismo = right up to.
    * imagen de uno mismo = self-presentation.
    * intentar hacer Algo por uno mismo = try + Posesivo + own hand at.
    * justo de la misma manera que = in just the same way as.
    * la misma persona = one and the same person.
    * la personificación de la confianza en uno mismo = confidence personified.
    * lo mismo ocurre con = the same goes for.
    * lo mismo que = the same as, along the lines of, in much the same way as.
    * lo mismo que antes = the same as before.
    * lo mismo que para = the same as that for.
    * lo mismo se aplica a = the same is true (for/of/with).
    * más de lo mismo = more of the same.
    * mí mismo = myself.
    * mismo, lo = same difference, the.
    * mismo tipo de = same range of.
    * no es lo mismo en el caso de = the same is not true (for/of/with).
    * Nombre + mismo = very + Nombre.
    * nosotros mismos = ourselves.
    * orientado hacia uno mismo = self-oriented.
    * pasar a Alguien lo mismo que a = suffer + the fate of.
    * pensar del mismo modo = think + alike.
    * percepción de uno mismo = self-perception.
    * pero al mismo tiempo = but then again.
    * perseguir los mismos fines = work + on the same lines.
    * perseguir los mismos objetivos = work + on the same lines.
    * poner al mismo nivel que = bring + Nombre + to a par with.
    * por + Pronombre + mismo = all by + Reflexivo, by + Reflexivo.
    * por sí mismo = for its/their own sake, in itself, itself, unto + Reflexivo.
    * por sí mismos = in themselves.
    * por uno mismo = on + Posesivo + own, for + Reflexivo.
    * presentación de uno mismo = self-presentation.
    * probar a hacer Algo por uno mismo = try + Posesivo + own hand at.
    * quedarse en el mismo sitio = stay + put.
    * que lo hace uno mismo = do-it-yourself (DIY).
    * que se explica por sí mismo = self-explanatory [self explanatory/selfexplanatory].
    * reconocido por Uno mismo, admitido por Uno mismo = self-professed.
    * seguir lo mismo = remain + the same.
    * seguir siendo lo mismo = remain + the same.
    * seguridad en uno mismo = self-belief.
    * seguro de sí mismo = assured, self-assured, poised.
    * seguro de uno mismo = self-confident.
    * ser la representación misma de = be a picture of.
    * ser lo mismo = be one and the same.
    * ser un fin en sí mismos = be ends in themselves.
    * siempre lo mismo = the same old thing.
    * tener el mismo destino = suffer + the same fate.
    * tener la misma importancia = carry + equal weight.
    * tener las mismas prerrogativas = have + an equal voice in.
    * todo al mismo tiempo = all at once.
    * tres goles en un mismo partido = hat trick.
    * una misma cosa = one and the same.
    * valerse de sí mismo = self-serve.
    * valérselas por uno mismo = negotiate + Posesivo + way, fly + solo.
    * valerse por sí mismo = self-serve.
    * ver con los mismos ojos = see + eye to eye (with/on).
    * y al mismo tiempo = and in the process, yet.
    * yo mismo = myself.
    * * *
    I
    - ma adjetivo
    1)
    b) (como pron) same

    ¿usted es Pedro Lecue? - el mismo — are you Pedro Lecue? - I am indeed o that's right

    en las mismas: no ha llegado, así que seguimos en las mismas it hasn't arrived so we're no further on; si vienes tú pero falta él, estamos en las mismas — if you come but he doesn't turn up, then we're no better off

    a) (refiriéndose a lugares, momentos, cosas)

    eso mismo pienso yothat's exactly o just what I think

    3)

    lo mismo para mí — the same for me, please

    dar lo mismo: me da lo mismo si lo rompe I don't care if he breaks it; le da lo mismo con o sin azúcar he doesn't mind with or without sugar; da lo mismo quién lo haga — it doesn't matter o it makes no difference who does it

    4)

    lo mismo(como adv)

    te ve por la calle y lo mismo no te saluda — you can meet him in the street and sometimes he doesn't even say hello to you

    ¿pregúntaselo? lo mismo dice que sí — ask him, he might (well) o may (well) say yes

    lo mismo puedes conseguir caramelos que una botella de whisky — you can get anything, from sweets to a bottle of whiskey

    b) (RPl fam) ( de todos modos) just o all the same, anyway
    5)

    nuestra empresa, lo mismo que tantas otras — our company, like so many others

    6)
    a) (como pron) (frml)
    b) (como pron relativo) (Méx frml)

    agradecemos su donativo, mismo que fue aplicado a la compra de medicamentos — we thank you for your donation, which has been used to buy medicines

    II

    aquí/ahora mismo — right here/now

    * * *
    = identical, same, equal.

    Ex: The DISPLAY command is identical to the TYPE command except when using a format which includes only a few lines per record.

    Ex: The command function 'SAVE' is used to save a search formulation for later use on the same or another data base on the same system.
    Ex: Collection development should ideally involve de-acquisitions as an on-going program of equal importance.
    * admitido por Uno mismo = self-professed.
    * ahora mismo = right now, just now.
    * a la misma altura que = in the same league as.
    * allí mismo = on the spot, there and then.
    * al mismo nivel de = flush with.
    * al mismo nivel que = on a par with, in the same league as.
    * al mismo tiempo = at once, at the same time, concurrently, in the process, simultaneously, at one and the same time, contemporaneously, at the same instant, in parallel, concomitantly, at the one time, all the while.
    * al mismo tiempo que = in parallel to/with, while, as the same time as, cum, in conjunction with.
    * al mismo tiempo que + Indicativo = whilst + Gerundio.
    * a mí también me gustaría tener la misma oportunidad = turnabout is fair play.
    * apuntar a la misma conclusión = point to + the same conclusion.
    * aquí mismo = right here.
    * a ti mismo = yourself, thyself.
    * a usted mismo = thyself.
    * bajo un mismo techo = under one roof.
    * brillar por Uno mismo = shine on + Posesivo + own.
    * concepto de uno mismo = self-image.
    * conciencia de sí mismo = self-awareness.
    * conciencia de uno mismo = self-awareness.
    * con confianza en uno mismo = self-confident.
    * con el mismo = therewith.
    * con el mismo + Nombre + como el que... = as + Adverbio + as....
    * con el mismo planteamiento que = on the same lines as.
    * confianza en uno mismo = self-belief.
    * conócete a ti mismo = know + thyself.
    * consciente de uno mismo = self-conscious.
    * cuestionario rellenado por uno mismo = self-administered questionnaire.
    * cuidado de uno mismo = self-caring, self-care.
    * definido por uno mismo = self-defined.
    * definir por uno mismo = self-define.
    * de la misma categoría que = in a class with.
    * de la misma forma que = in the same way (as), in the same manner (as), in much the same way as.
    * de la misma manera = by the same token.
    * de la misma manera (que) = in the same way (as), in the same manner (as).
    * del mismo calibre que = in a class with.
    * del mismo modo = exactly, in the same vein, by the same token.
    * del mismo modo que = as, in the form that, in the same way (as), in the same way that, just as, in the same manner (as), along the lines, after the fashion of, similar to, in common with.
    * del mismo + Nombre = equally + Adjetivo.
    * del mismo sexo = same-sex.
    * del mismo tipo que las oficinas = office-type.
    * desde esta misma perspectiva = along the same lines.
    * de una misma manera = in a similar fashion.
    * dirigido hacia uno mismo = self-oriented.
    * dirigido por uno mismo = self-directed.
    * ella misma = herself.
    * él mismo = himself.
    * el mismo + Nombre (+ que) = every bit as much + Nombre (+ as).
    * el mismo número = as many.
    * encerrado en sí mismo = closeted.
    * en el mismo centro (de) = plumb in the middle (of).
    * en el mismo número de años = in as many years.
    * en el mismo orden que = in sync with.
    * en ese mismo instante = at that very moment.
    * en ese mismo momento = at that very moment.
    * en este mismo sentido = along the same lines.
    * en la misma época = contemporaneously.
    * en la misma habitación = ensuite.
    * en la misma línea de = in the vein of.
    * en la misma línea que = in line with.
    * en sí mismo = in itself, unto + Reflexivo, per se.
    * en sí mismos = in themselves.
    * escogido por uno mismo = self-chosen.
    * estar a la misma altura que = rank with.
    * estar al mismo nivel = be on a par.
    * estar en la misma categoría que = rank with.
    * estar en las mismas = be back to square one.
    * estar hecho con la mismas dimensiones que el original = be to scale.
    * estar todos en el mismo barco = be all in the same boat.
    * evidente por sí mismo = self-evident.
    * grupo de personas o cosas de la misma edad o categoría = peer group.
    * hablar del mismo modo = talk + alike.
    * hablar por Uno mismo = speak for + Reflexivo.
    * hacer del mismo molde = cast in + the same mould as.
    * hasta el mismo = right up to.
    * imagen de uno mismo = self-presentation.
    * intentar hacer Algo por uno mismo = try + Posesivo + own hand at.
    * justo de la misma manera que = in just the same way as.
    * la misma persona = one and the same person.
    * la personificación de la confianza en uno mismo = confidence personified.
    * lo mismo ocurre con = the same goes for.
    * lo mismo que = the same as, along the lines of, in much the same way as.
    * lo mismo que antes = the same as before.
    * lo mismo que para = the same as that for.
    * lo mismo se aplica a = the same is true (for/of/with).
    * más de lo mismo = more of the same.
    * mí mismo = myself.
    * mismo, lo = same difference, the.
    * mismo tipo de = same range of.
    * no es lo mismo en el caso de = the same is not true (for/of/with).
    * Nombre + mismo = very + Nombre.
    * nosotros mismos = ourselves.
    * orientado hacia uno mismo = self-oriented.
    * pasar a Alguien lo mismo que a = suffer + the fate of.
    * pensar del mismo modo = think + alike.
    * percepción de uno mismo = self-perception.
    * pero al mismo tiempo = but then again.
    * perseguir los mismos fines = work + on the same lines.
    * perseguir los mismos objetivos = work + on the same lines.
    * poner al mismo nivel que = bring + Nombre + to a par with.
    * por + Pronombre + mismo = all by + Reflexivo, by + Reflexivo.
    * por sí mismo = for its/their own sake, in itself, itself, unto + Reflexivo.
    * por sí mismos = in themselves.
    * por uno mismo = on + Posesivo + own, for + Reflexivo.
    * presentación de uno mismo = self-presentation.
    * probar a hacer Algo por uno mismo = try + Posesivo + own hand at.
    * quedarse en el mismo sitio = stay + put.
    * que lo hace uno mismo = do-it-yourself (DIY).
    * que se explica por sí mismo = self-explanatory [self explanatory/selfexplanatory].
    * reconocido por Uno mismo, admitido por Uno mismo = self-professed.
    * seguir lo mismo = remain + the same.
    * seguir siendo lo mismo = remain + the same.
    * seguridad en uno mismo = self-belief.
    * seguro de sí mismo = assured, self-assured, poised.
    * seguro de uno mismo = self-confident.
    * ser la representación misma de = be a picture of.
    * ser lo mismo = be one and the same.
    * ser un fin en sí mismos = be ends in themselves.
    * siempre lo mismo = the same old thing.
    * tener el mismo destino = suffer + the same fate.
    * tener la misma importancia = carry + equal weight.
    * tener las mismas prerrogativas = have + an equal voice in.
    * todo al mismo tiempo = all at once.
    * tres goles en un mismo partido = hat trick.
    * una misma cosa = one and the same.
    * valerse de sí mismo = self-serve.
    * valérselas por uno mismo = negotiate + Posesivo + way, fly + solo.
    * valerse por sí mismo = self-serve.
    * ver con los mismos ojos = see + eye to eye (with/on).
    * y al mismo tiempo = and in the process, yet.
    * yo mismo = myself.

    * * *
    mismo1 -ma
    A
    no puedo hacer dos cosas al mismo tiempo I can't do two things at once o at the same time
    es la misma historia de siempre it's the same old story
    mismo … QUE:
    le gustan las mismas películas que a mí she likes the same movies as I do o as me
    2 ( como pron) same
    Roma ya no es la misma Rome isn't the same any more
    ¿mi hermana? siempre la misma, no escribe nunca my sister? just the same as ever o she hasn't changed, she never writes
    ¿usted es Pedro Lecue? — el mismo are you Pedro Lecue? — I am indeed o that's right o ( hum) the very same
    mismo QUE:
    es el mismo que vimos ayer it's the same one we saw yesterday
    en las mismas: el pedido no ha llegado, así que seguimos en las mismas the order hasn't arrived so we're no further on
    si vienes el sábado pero faltas mañana, estamos en las mismas if you come on Saturday but you don't turn up tomorrow, then we're no better off o we're back to square one
    1
    (refiriéndose a lugares, momentos, cosas): queda en el centro mismo or en el mismo centro de Lima it's right in the center of Lima, it's in the very center of Lima
    en este mismo instante lo estaba por hacer I was (just) about to do it this very minute
    eso mismo pienso/digo yo that's exactly o just what I think/say
    me resulta difícilpor eso mismo debes esforzarte más I find it difficult — that's just the reason o that's precisely o that's exactly why you have to make more of an effort
    2
    (referiéndose a personas): el obispo mismo salió a recibirlos the bishop himself came out to welcome them
    hablé con el mismísimo presidente I spoke to the president himself
    este niño es el mismísimo diablo this child is a real little devil! ( colloq)
    lo haré yo misma I'll do it myself, I'll deal with it personally
    te perjudicas a ti mismo you're only spiting o hurting yourself
    él mismo lo trajo he brought it himself
    tiene que aprender a valerse por sí mismo he has to learn to manage o cope by himself
    se corta el pelo ella misma she cuts her own hair
    él mismo se pone las inyecciones he gives himself the injections
    C
    lo mismo (la misma cosa): siempre dice lo mismo he always says the same (thing)
    ¿por qué llora? — por lo mismo de siempre why is she crying? — the same as usual o what does she ever cry about?
    si lo haces con aceite ya no es lo mismo if you make it with oil it's not quite the same (thing)
    un café y una tostadalo mismo para mí a coffee and a slice of toast — the same for me, please o I'll have the same, please
    ¡qué elegante te has venido! — lo mismo digo you're looking very smart! — so are you o you, too
    ¡que lo pases bien! — lo mismo (te) digo have a good time — you too o I hope you do too o and you
    lo despidieron o, lo que es lo mismo le dijeron que ya no necesitaban sus servicios they fired him, or at least they told him his services were no longer required, which comes to the same thing
    lo mismo (…) QUE the same (…) AS
    no es lo mismo cocinar para dos que para una familia cooking for a family is quite different from o is not the same as cooking for two
    se murió de lo mismo que su padre he died of the same thing as his father
    pidió lo mismo que yo he ordered the same as me
    dar lo mismo: si sigues así lo vas a romperme da lo mismo if you carry on like that you'll break it — I don't care
    ¿lo quieres con o sin leche? — me da lo mismo do you want it black or white? — I don't mind
    ¿prefieres un cheque o dinero en efectivo? — me da lo mismo, con tal de que me paguen … would you prefer a check or cash? — I don't mind o it makes no difference (to me) o ( BrE) it makes no odds (to me), as long as I get paid
    da lo mismo quién lo haga it doesn't matter o it makes no difference who does it
    D
    1 ( fam)
    (expresando posibilidad): te ve por la calle y lo mismo no te saluda you can meet him in the street and he might not even say hello to you o and sometimes he doesn't even say hello to you
    ¿por qué no le preguntas? lo mismo dice que sí why don't you ask him? he might (well) o may (well) say yes
    lo mismo (…) QUE:
    ¿cuántos años crees que tiene? — lo mismo puede tener cuarenta que cincuenta how old do you think he is? — he could just as easily be forty as fifty o he could be anything from forty to fifty
    lo mismo puedes conseguir un destornillador que una botella de whisky you can get anything, from a screwdriver to a bottle of whiskey
    2 ( RPl fam) (de todos modos) just o all the same, anyway
    ya sé que se va a enojar pero lo mismo se lo voy a decir I know he's going to get annoyed but I'm going to tell him just the same o all the same o anyway
    yo le dije que no había sido yo pero me pegó lo mismo I told her it wasn't me but she still hit me o she hit me anyway
    E
    lo mismo que (al igual que): nuestra empresa, lo mismo que tantas otras, se ha visto afectada por la crisis our company, like so many others, has been affected by the crisis
    si lo mismo que decidiste ir en tren hubieras ido en avión, no habrías contado el cuento if you'd decided to go by plane instead of by train, you wouldn't be here to tell the tale
    F
    1 ( como pron) ( frml):
    se detuvo un coche y tres individuos bajaron del mismo a car pulled up and three individuals got out
    ( Méx frml): agradecemos su generoso donativo, mismo que fue aplicado a la compra de medicamentos we thank you for your generous donation, which has been used to buy medicines
    veintidós millones de estudiantes reanudarán sus clases, mismos que serán atendidos por unos 900 mil maestros twenty-two million students will resume classes, to be taught by some 900 thousand teachers
    A
    (uso enfático): aquí mismo podemos comer we can eat right here
    hoy mismo te mando el cheque I'll send you the check today
    ¿cómo puede ser? si ayer mismo hablé con él y estaba de acuerdo how do you mean? I spoke to him only yesterday and he agreed
    quiero que lo hagas ahora mismo I want you to do it right o ( BrE) straightaway, I want you to do it right now
    B ( RPl fam) (hasta, incluso) even
    se visten muy bien, mismo con la crisis they dress very well, even in these times of shortage
    resultó muy difícil, mismo para él que tiene mucha experiencia it was very difficult, even for him with all his experience
    * * *

     

    mismo 1
    ◊ -ma adjetivo

    1

    hacer dos cosas al mismo tiempo to do two things at once o at the same time



    el mismo que vimos ayer the same one we saw yesterday
    2 ( uso enfático)
    a) (refiriéndose a lugares, momentos, cosas):


    en este mismo instante this very minute;
    eso mismo pienso yo that's exactly what I think


    te perjudicas a ti mismo you're only hurting yourself;
    ella misma lo trajo she brought it herself
    3
    lo mismo: siempre dice lo mismo he always says the same thing;

    lo mismo para mí the same for me, please;
    nuestra empresa, lo mismo que tantas otras our company, like so many others;
    los niños pueden ir lo mismo que los adultos children can go as well as adults;
    o lo que es lo mismo in other words;
    da lo mismo it doesn't matter;
    me/le da lo mismo I don't care/he/she doesn't care
    mismo 2 adverbio ( uso enfático):
    aquí/ahora mismo right here/now;

    hoy mismo te mando el cheque I'll send you the check today;
    ayer mismo hablé con él I spoke to him only yesterday
    mismo,-a
    I adjetivo
    1 same
    el mismo acento, the same accent
    2 (uso enfático) el rey mismo apareció en el umbral, the king himself appeared on the threshold
    II pron same: comemos siempre lo mismo, we always eat the same thing
    me da lo mismo, it makes no difference to me
    es el mismo árbol, it's the same tree
    por uno o sí mismo, by oneself
    III adverbio
    1 (intensificador) murió allí mismo, he died right there
    ahora mismo, right now
    2 (por ejemplo) for instance: Pedro mismo te ayudará, Pedro will help you, for instance
    (incluso) yo mismo estoy de acuerdo, even I agree 3 así mismo, likewise

    ' mismo' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    abogada
    - abogado
    - actualmente
    - ahora
    - allí
    - aquí
    - aunar
    - ayudarse
    - balancearse
    - bar
    - barco
    - batalla
    - coincidir
    - cojear
    - confianza
    - conforme
    - congénere
    - conmigo
    - consigo
    - contigo
    - continuismo
    - costearse
    - decirse
    - doblete
    - dominio
    - dueña
    - dueño
    - encerrarse
    - encogerse
    - enfoque
    - enviudar
    - esperar
    - igual
    - igualmente
    - intentar
    - machacar
    - meter
    - misma
    - mismamente
    - parecerse
    - presentarse
    - rasero
    - replegarse
    - ruin
    - saber
    - saco
    - satisfecha
    - satisfecho
    - se
    -
    English:
    alike
    - assurance
    - autograph
    - boat
    - central
    - charity
    - chase
    - close
    - complacent
    - concurrently
    - currently
    - dare
    - day
    - diffidence
    - directly
    - ditto
    - do-it-yourself
    - end
    - equal
    - exam
    - fabric
    - fly
    - follow
    - fuck
    - fund
    - himself
    - itself
    - just
    - lay
    - level
    - likewise
    - maybe
    - middle
    - millionaire
    - myself
    - need
    - neither
    - now
    - number one
    - odds
    - one
    - oneself
    - only
    - outdo
    - overconfident
    - pace
    - par
    - presently
    - price
    - proper
    * * *
    mismo, -a
    adj
    1. [igual, idéntico] same;
    son del mismo pueblo they're from the same town/village;
    vive en la misma calle que yo she lives in the same street as me, she lives in my street;
    del mismo color/tipo que the same colour/type as
    2. [para enfatizar lugar, tiempo]
    en este mismo sitio in this very place;
    en aquel mismo momento at that very moment;
    delante de sus mismas narices right in front of his nose;
    eso mismo digo yo that's exactly what I say;
    y por eso mismo deberíamos ayudarles and that is precisely why we should help them
    3. [para reforzar pronombres]
    yo mismo I myself;
    ¿lo hiciste tú mismo? did you do it (by) yourself?;
    él mismo se construyó la casa he built his house (by) himself, he built his own house;
    me dije a mí mismo… I said to myself…;
    por mí/ti mismo by myself/yourself;
    Fam
    ¡tú mismo! it's up to you!, suit yourself!
    pron
    1. [igual cosa o persona]
    el mismo/la misma the same;
    el pueblo ya no era el mismo the town was no longer the same;
    la misma del otro día the same one as the other day;
    el mismo que vi ayer the same one I saw yesterday;
    Fam
    ¿ése es el presidente? – sí, el mismo (que viste y calza) is that the president? – yes, the very same o yes, that's him all right;
    Méx
    enviamos un paquete a su oficina, mismo que no ha llegado a destino we sent a package to his office which didn't arrive o but it didn't arrive;
    estar en las mismas to be no further forward
    2.
    lo mismo [igual cosa, iguales cosas] the same (thing);
    ¡qué aburrimiento, todos los días lo mismo! how boring, it's the same every day!;
    pónganos otra de lo mismo (the) same again, please;
    Fam
    lo mismo se pone a hablar contigo que no te saluda one day he might start chatting to you and the next he won't even say hello;
    lo mismo que the same as;
    me gusta lo mismo que a él I like the same things as him;
    yo tengo mis manías, lo mismo que todo el mundo I've got my idiosyncrasies just like everyone else;
    lloraba lo mismo que un niño she was crying like a child;
    me da lo mismo it's all the same to me, I don't mind o care;
    ¿vamos o nos quedamos? – da lo mismo should we go or should we stay? – it doesn't make any difference;
    me da lo mismo I don't care;
    lo mismo digo [como respuesta] likewise, you too;
    más de lo mismo more of the same;
    o lo que es lo mismo [en otras palabras] or in other words;
    por lo mismo for that (very) reason
    3. [tal vez]
    lo mismo llegamos y ya no hay entradas it's quite possible that we might arrive there and find there are no tickets left;
    lo mismo está enfermo maybe o perhaps he's ill, he may be ill;
    lo mismo te saluda que te ignora por completo he's just as likely to say hello to you as to ignore you completely
    4. [antes mencionado]
    hay una cripta y un túnel para acceder a la misma there is a crypt and a tunnel leading to it
    5. RP Fam
    lo mismo [igualmente] still;
    le dije que se callara y lo mismo siguió hablando I told him to be quiet but he still carried on talking o he carried on talking all the same;
    está nevando pero lo mismo el avión va a salir it's snowing but the plane is still going to take off
    adv
    1. [para enfatizar]
    lo vi desde mi casa mismo I saw it from my own house;
    ahora/aquí mismo right now/here;
    ayer mismo only yesterday;
    salimos hoy mismo we are leaving this very day;
    llegarán mañana mismo they'll be arriving tomorrow, actually;
    tiene que estar listo para mañana mismo it absolutely has to be ready by tomorrow;
    por eso mismo precisely for that reason
    2. [por ejemplo]
    escoge uno cualquiera, este mismo choose any one, this one, for instance;
    ¿y ahora quién me arregla a mí esto? – yo mismo who's going to fix this for me now? – I will o I'll do it (myself)
    * * *
    I adj same;
    el mismo the (self)same;
    lo mismo the same;
    lo mismo que the same as;
    yo mismo I myself;
    da lo mismo it doesn’t matter, it’s all the same;
    me da lo mismo I don’t care, it’s all the same to me;
    el mismo rey the king himself
    II adv
    :
    aquí mismo right here;
    ahí mismo right there;
    ahora mismo right now, this very minute;
    hoy mismo today, this very day;
    lo mismo llueve que hace sol you never know whether it’s going to be rainy or sunny
    * * *
    mismo adv, (used as an intensifier) : right, exactly
    hazlo ahora mismo: do it right now
    te llamará hoy mismo: he'll definitely call you today
    mismo, -ma adj
    1) : same
    en ese mismo momento: at that very moment
    3) : oneself
    lo hizo ella misma: she made it herself
    4)
    por lo mismo : for that reason
    * * *
    mismo1 adj
    1. (igual) same
    2. (uso enfático) myself, yourself, etc
    mismo2 adv
    mismo3 pron same person

    Spanish-English dictionary > mismo

См. также в других словарях:

  • Perhaps Love — is also a song performed jointly by John Denver Plácido Domingo and by John Denver Lene Siel. Infobox Film name = Perhaps Love image size = caption = DVD cover of Perhaps Love director = Peter Chan producer = writer = narrator = starring =… …   Wikipedia

  • perhaps*/*/*/ — [pəˈhæps] adv 1) used for saying that you are not certain whether something is true I haven t seen them for months – perhaps they ve moved away.[/ex] There were perhaps a dozen women in the audience.[/ex] 2) spoken used when you are making a… …   Dictionary for writing and speaking English

  • Plato: aesthetics and psychology — Christopher Rowe Plato’s ideas about literature and art and about beauty (his ‘aesthetics’) are heavily influenced and in part actually determined by his ideas about the mind or soul (his ‘psychology’).1 It is therefore appropriate to deal with… …   History of philosophy

  • Neocatechumenal Way — Icon of the Virgin Mary by Kiko Argüello, the Spanish painter who initiated the Neocatechumenal Way. The Neocatechumenal Way, also known as the Neocatechumenate, NC Way or, colloquially, The Way or The Neocats is an organization within the… …   Wikipedia

  • The Paradine Case — Infobox Film name = The Paradine Case image size = 215px caption = theatrical poster director = Alfred Hitchcock producer = David O. Selznick writer = Novel: Robert S. Hichens Adaptation: Alma Reville James Bridie (uncredited) Screenplay: David O …   Wikipedia

  • Piece of Cake (book) — Piece of Cake is a 1983 novel by Derek Robinson which follows a fictional Royal Air Force fighter squadron through the first year of World War II, and the Battle of Britain. It was later made into a television series.Although a work of fiction,… …   Wikipedia

  • kʷo-, kʷe-, fem. kʷā; kʷei- —     kʷo , kʷe , fem. kʷā; kʷei     English meaning: indefinite/interrogative pronominal base     Deutsche Übersetzung: die betonten Formen sind Interrogativa, die unbetonten Indefinita     Grammatical information: (presumably einst only in nom.… …   Proto-Indo-European etymological dictionary

  • u̯ā-2 —     u̯ā 2     English meaning: apart     Deutsche Übersetzung: “auseinander”, especially “auseinander biegen, drehen”     Material: Diese root, welche possibly eine Reihe from extensions hat (see below), lies after aller Wahrscheinlichkeit vor in …   Proto-Indo-European etymological dictionary

  • Now: Zero — Now: Zero, is a fictional short story by British author J. G. Ballard, released in 1959. It is featured in The Complete Short Stories of J. G. Ballard: Volume 1. Plot Summary Now: Zero is told from a first person perspective of a office… …   Wikipedia

  • Pre-Columbian Belize — Perhaps as early as 35,000 years ago, nomadic people came from Asia to the Americas across the frozen Bering Strait. In the course of many millennia, their descendants settled in and adapted to different environments, creating many cultures in… …   Wikipedia

  • Nereus, Achilleus, Domitilla and Pancratius — ), perhaps even the martyr was a descendant of this disciple of the Apostle of the Gentiles. Owing to the purely legendary character of these Acts, we cannot use them as an argument to aid in the controversy whether there were two Christians of… …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»